Database Installation Guide Linux

Oracle® Database
Database Installation Guide
19c for Linux

E96432-06
August 2019
Oracle Database Database Installation Guide, 19c for Linux
E96432-06
Copyright © 2015, 2019, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
Primary Author: Prakash Jashnani
Contributing Authors: Douglas Williams, Subhash Chandra
Contributors: Mark Bauer, David Austin, Neha Avasthy, Sampath Ravindhran, Prasad Bagal, Subhranshu
Banerjee, Gerald Venzl, Tammy Bednar, Eric Belden, Gavin Bowe, Robert Chang, Darcy Christensen, Kiran
Chamala, Jonathan Creighton, Benoit Dageville, Logeshwaran Rajan, Rajesh Dasari, Angad Gokakkar , Anu
Natarajan, Girdhari Ghantiyala, Bernard Clouse, Chandrasekharan Iyer, David Jimenez, Sivaram Soma, Lisa
Vaz, Vishal Saxena, Vasu Venkatasubramanian, Suman Palavalli, Sameer Joshi, Malai Stalin, Markus
Michalewicz, Subrahmanyam Kodavaluru, Bharathi Jayathirtha, Sudip Datta, Madhu Hunasigi, Jim Erickson,
Marcus Fallen, Joseph Francis, Mark Fuller, Allan Graves, Barbara Glover, Asad Hasan, Thirumaleshwara
Hasandka, Putta Ramesh, Sergio Leunissen, Aneesh Khandelwal, Joel Kallman, Eugene Karichkin, Jai
Krishnani, Prasad K Kulkarni, Ranjith Kundapur, Kevin Jernigan, Christopher Jones, Simon Law, Bryn
Llewellyn, Saar Maoz, Chao Liang, Gopal Mulagund, Ankur Kemkar, Sue Lee, Rich Long, Raunak Rungta,
Barb Lundhild, Robert Achacoso, Rudregowda Mallegowda, Prasad Kuruvadi Nagaraj, Mughees Minhas,
Krishna Mohan, Matthew McKerley, John McHugh, Gurudas Pai, Satish Panchumarthy , Rajesh Prasad,
Rajendra Pingte, Ramesh Chakravarthula, Srinivas Poovala, David Price, Hanlin Qian, Michael Coulter,
Hema Ramamurthy, Sunil Ravindrachar, Mark Richwine, Dipak Saggi, Trivikrama Samudrala, Rodrigo
Gonzalez Alba, David Schreiner, Ara Shakian, Naveen Ramamurthy, Mohit Singhal, Dharma Sirnapalli,
Akshay Shah, James Spiller, Roy Swonger, Binoy Sukumaran, Kamal Tbeileh, Ravi Thammaiah, Shekhar
Vaggu, Pablo Sainz Albanez, Hector Vieyra, Peter Wahl, Terri Winters, John Haxby, Sergiusz Wolicki,
Sivakumar Yarlagadda, Nagendra Kumar Ym, Zakia Zerhouni
This software and related documentation are provided under a license agreement containing restrictions on
use and disclosure and are protected by intellectual property laws. Except as expressly permitted in your
license agreement or allowed by law, you may not use, copy, reproduce, translate, broadcast, modify,
license, transmit, distribute, exhibit, perform, publish, or display any part, in any form, or by any means.
Reverse engineering, disassembly, or decompilation of this software, unless required by law for
interoperability, is prohibited.
The information contained herein is subject to change without notice and is not warranted to be error-free. If
you find any errors, please report them to us in writing.
If this is software or related documentation that is delivered to the U.S. Government or anyone licensing it on
behalf of the U.S. Government, then the following notice is applicable:
U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS: Oracle programs, including any operating system, integrated software,
any programs installed on the hardware, and/or documentation, delivered to U.S. Government end users are
"commercial computer software" pursuant to the applicable Federal Acquisition Regulation and agency-
specific supplemental regulations. As such, use, duplication, disclosure, modification, and adaptation of the
programs, including any operating system, integrated software, any programs installed on the hardware,
and/or documentation, shall be subject to license terms and license restrictions applicable to the programs.
No other rights are granted to the U.S. Government.
This software or hardware is developed for general use in a variety of information management applications.
It is not developed or intended for use in any inherently dangerous applications, including applications that
may create a risk of personal injury. If you use this software or hardware in dangerous applications, then you
shall be responsible to take all appropriate fail-safe, backup, redundancy, and other measures to ensure its
safe use. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates disclaim any liability for any damages caused by use of this
software or hardware in dangerous applications.
Oracle and Java are registered trademarks of Oracle and/or its affiliates. Other names may be trademarks of
their respective owners.
Intel and Intel Xeon are trademarks or registered trademarks of Intel Corporation. All SPARC trademarks are
used under license and are trademarks or registered trademarks of SPARC International, Inc. AMD, Opteron,
the AMD logo, and the AMD Opteron logo are trademarks or registered trademarks of Advanced Micro
Devices. UNIX is a registered trademark of The Open Group.
This software or hardware and documentation may provide access to or information about content, products,
and services from third parties. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates are not responsible for and expressly
disclaim all warranties of any kind with respect to third-party content, products, and services unless otherwise
set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle. Oracle Corporation and its affiliates will not be
responsible for any loss, costs, or damages incurred due to your access to or use of third-party content,
products, or services, except as set forth in an applicable agreement between you and Oracle.
Contents
Preface
Audience xii
Documentation Accessibility xii
Set Up Java Access Bridge to Implement Java Accessibility xiii
Command Syntax xiii
Related Documentation xiv
Conventions xiv
Changes in this Release for Oracle Database

New Features xvi
Deprecated Features xvii
Other Changes xvii
1 Oracle Database Installation Checklist

Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-1
Operating System Checklist for Oracle Database Installation on Linux 1-2
Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-3
Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-5
Storage Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-7
Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database 1-8
Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database 1-11
2 Checking and Configuring Server Hardware for Oracle Database

Logging In to a Remote System Using X Window System 2-1
Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration 2-2
3 Automatically Configuring Oracle Linux with Oracle Preinstallation

RPM
Overview of Oracle Linux Configuration with Oracle Preinstallation RPM 3-1
iii
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM with ULN Support 3-2
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM From Unbreakable Linux Network 3-3
Installing a New Oracle Linux Installation from DVDs or Images 3-4
Installing Oracle Linux with Oracle Linux Yum Server Support 3-5
Configuring Oracle Ksplice to Perform Oracle Linux Updates 3-6
Configure Additional Operating System Features 3-7
4 Configuring Operating Systems for Oracle Database on Linux

Guidelines for Linux Operating System Installation 4-2
Completing a Minimal Linux Installation 4-2
About Minimal Linux Installations 4-3
RPM Packages for Completing Operating System Configuration 4-3
Open SSH Requirement for Minimal Installation 4-4
Completing a Default Linux Installation 4-4
About Oracle Linux with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel 4-4
About the Oracle Preinstallation RPM 4-5
Restrictions for HugePages and Transparent HugePages Configurations 4-6
Reviewing Operating System and Software Upgrade Best Practices 4-7
General Upgrade Best Practices 4-7
New Server Operating System Upgrade Option 4-8
Oracle ASM Upgrade Notifications 4-8
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices 4-9
About Installation Fixup Scripts 4-9
About Operating System Requirements 4-10
Using Oracle RPM Checker on IBM: Linux on System z 4-10
Operating System Requirements for x86-64 Linux Platforms 4-11
Supported Oracle Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64 4-12
Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64 4-15
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for x86-64 4-17
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Distributions for x86-64 4-19
Installing Operating System Packages 4-21
Operating System Requirements for IBM: Linux on System z 4-21
Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for IBM: Linux on System z 4-22
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for IBM: Linux on
System z 4-23
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Linux 4-24
Installing PAM for Login Authentication on Linux 4-25
Installation Requirements for OCFS2 4-25
About OCFS2 and Shared Storage 4-25
Installing OCFS2 4-26
Installing Oracle Messaging Gateway 4-26
iv
Installation Requirements for ODBC and LDAP 4-26
About ODBC Drivers and Oracle Database 4-27
Installing ODBC Drivers for Linux x86-64 4-27
About LDAP and Oracle Plug-ins 4-27
Installing the LDAP Package 4-27
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux 4-27
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux x86-64 4-28
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for IBM: Linux on
System z 4-29
Installation Requirements for Web Browsers 4-29
Checking Kernel and Package Requirements for Linux 4-29
Installing the cvuqdisk RPM for Linux 4-30
Confirming Host Name Resolution 4-31
Disabling Transparent HugePages 4-31
Using Automatic SSH Configuration During Installation 4-33
Verifying the Disk I/O Scheduler on Linux 4-33
5 Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Grid

Infrastructure and Oracle Database
Required Operating System Groups and Users 5-1
Determining If an Oracle Inventory and Oracle Inventory Group Exist 5-2
Creating the Oracle Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist 5-3
About Oracle Installation Owner Accounts 5-3
Identifying an Oracle Software Owner User Account 5-3
Oracle Installations with Standard and Job Role Separation Groups and Users 5-4
About Oracle Installations with Job Role Separation 5-5
Standard Oracle Database Groups for Database Administrators 5-6
Extended Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation 5-6
Creating an ASMSNMP User 5-7
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role Separation 5-7
Creating Operating System Privileges Groups 5-8
Creating the OSDBA for ASM Group 5-9
Creating the OSOPER for ASM Group 5-9
Creating the OSDBA Group for Database Installations 5-9
Creating an OSOPER Group for Database Installations 5-10
Creating the OSBACKUPDBA Group for Database Installations 5-10
Creating the OSDGDBA Group for Database Installations 5-10
Creating the OSKMDBA Group for Database Installations 5-11
Creating the OSRACDBA Group for Database Installations 5-11
Creating Operating System Oracle Installation User Accounts 5-11
v
Creating an Oracle Software Owner User 5-12
Environment Requirements for Oracle Software Owners 5-12
Procedure for Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environments 5-12
Modifying Oracle Owner User Groups 5-15
Checking Resource Limits for Oracle Software Installation Users 5-15
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration 5-17
Preventing Installation Errors Caused by Terminal Output Commands 5-18
Creating Oracle Database Vault User Accounts 5-18
Unsetting Oracle Installation Owner Environment Variables 5-19
6 Configuring Networks for Oracle Database

About Oracle Database Network Configuration Options 6-1
About Assigning Global Database Names During Installation 6-2
Network Configuration for Computers Completed After Installation 6-3
Network Configuration for Multihome Computers 6-3
Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment Variable 6-4
Network Configuration for Computers with Multiple Aliases 6-4
7 Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid

Infrastructure
Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database 7-1
About Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server 7-2
About Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instances 7-3
About Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions 7-4
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM 7-4
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM Support on Linux x86–64 7-4
Restrictions and Guidelines for Oracle ACFS 7-5
File System Options for Oracle Database 7-6
Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files On a File System or Logical Volume 7-7
About NFS Storage for Data Files 7-8
About Direct NFS Client Mounts to NFS Storage Devices 7-8
8 Configuring File System Storage for Oracle Database

Configuring NFS Buffer Size Parameters for Oracle Database 8-1
Checking TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client 8-2
Creating an oranfstab File for Direct NFS Client 8-2
Enabling and Disabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS 8-5
vi
Enabling Hybrid Columnar Compression on Direct NFS Client 8-6
9 Configuring Storage for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone

Server
Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management 9-2
Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage Management 9-2
Oracle ASM Disk Space Requirements 9-5
ASM Disk Group Options for Installation 9-6
Using an Existing Oracle ASM Disk Group 9-7
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMFD 9-7
About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASM Filter Driver 9-8
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management 9-8
Creating Directories for Oracle Database Files 9-9
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage
Management 9-10
10 Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a

Standalone Server
About Image-Based Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation 10-2
Setup Wizard Installation Options for Creating Images 10-3
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database
Installation 10-3
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing
Database 10-6
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a Software-Only
Installation 10-7
About Oracle Grid Infrastructure Software-Only Installations 10-7
Installing Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
Server 10-7
Configuring Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
Server 10-9
Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation 10-10
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After
Installation 10-11
Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups Manually using Oracle ASMCA 10-13
Enabling Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart Configurations 10-13
Applying Patches During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation or Upgrade 10-13
vii
11 Installing Oracle Database
About Image-Based Oracle Database Installation 11-2
About Deploying Oracle Database Using Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning 11-2
Accessing the Installation Software 11-3
Downloading Oracle Software 11-3
Downloading the Installation Archive Files from OTN 11-3
Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal 11-4
Copying the Software to the Hard Disk 11-5
Mounting Disks on Linux Systems 11-5
About Character Set Selection During Installation 11-6
About Automatic Memory Management Installation Options 11-7
Running the Installer in a Different Language 11-8
Installing the Oracle Database Software 11-8
Setup Wizard Installation Options for Creating Images 11-9
Applying Patches During an Oracle Database Installation or Upgrade 11-10
Running Oracle Database Setup Wizard to Install Oracle Database 11-10
Installing Oracle Database Using RPM Packages 11-12
About RPM-Based Oracle Database Installation 11-12
Restrictions and Guidelines for RPM-Based Installations 11-13
RPM Packages Naming Convention 11-13
Running RPM Packages to Install Oracle Database 11-13
12 Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks

Required Postinstallation Tasks 12-2
Downloading and Installing Release Update Patches 12-2
Unlocking and Resetting Oracle Database User Passwords 12-3
Requirements for Database Passwords 12-3
Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts and Passwords 12-3
Guidelines for Changing System Privileges Account Passwords 12-7
Locking and Unlocking User Accounts 12-7
Using SQL*Plus to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords 12-7
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks 12-8
Creating a Backup of the root.sh Script 12-8
Setting Language and Locale Preferences for Client Connections 12-9
Recompiling All Invalid Objects 12-10
Updating the Oracle ORAchk Health Check Tool 12-11
About Changes in Default SGA Permissions for Oracle Database 12-11
Checking Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location 12-12
Enabling and Disabling Oracle Database Options After Installation 12-12
Chopt Tool 12-13
viii
Starting Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12-14
Creating a Fast Recovery Area 12-14
About the Fast Recovery Area and the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group 12-14
Creating the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group 12-15
Cloning an Oracle Database Home 12-16
13 Removing Oracle Database Software

About Oracle Deinstallation Options 13-1
Oracle Deinstallation (Deinstall) 13-3
Deinstallation Examples for Oracle Database 13-5
Downgrading Oracle Restart 13-6
Removing an RPM-based Oracle Database Installation 13-7
Deinstalling Previous Release Grid Home 13-8
A Completing Preinstallation Tasks Manually

Configuring Kernel Parameters for Linux A-1
Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation A-1
Changing Kernel Parameter Values A-3
Configuring Additional Kernel Settings for SUSE Linux A-5
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually A-5
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMLIB A-6
About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASMLIB A-7
Installing and Configuring Oracle ASMLIB Software A-7
Configuring Disk Devices to Use Oracle ASMLIB A-9
Administering Oracle ASMLIB and Disks A-11
Deinstalling Oracle ASMLIB On Oracle Database A-13
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Manually A-14
Configuring Device Persistence Manually for Oracle ASM A-15
B Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files

How Response Files Work B-1
Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode B-2
Using Response Files B-2
Preparing Response Files B-3
Editing a Response File Template B-3
Recording Response Files B-5
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File B-6
Running Configuration Assistants Using Response Files B-7
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using Response Files B-8
ix
Running Oracle DBCA Using Response Files B-9
Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File Created During Installation B-10
Using the Installation Response File for Postinstallation Configuration B-10
Running Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File B-11
Postinstallation Configuration Using the ConfigToolAllCommands Script B-13
About the Postinstallation Configuration File B-13
Creating a Password Response File B-14
Running Postinstallation Configuration Using a Password Response File B-15
C Optimal Flexible Architecture

About the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard C-1
About Multiple Oracle Homes Support C-2
About the Oracle Inventory Directory and Installation C-3
Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention C-4
Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention C-5
Optimal Flexible Architecture File Path Examples C-5
D Configuring Read-Only Oracle Homes

Understanding Read-Only Oracle Homes D-1
About Read-Only Oracle Homes D-1
About Oracle Base Homes D-2
About Oracle Base Config D-3
About orabasetab D-3
Enabling a Read-Only Oracle Home D-4
Copying demo Directories to Oracle Base Home D-6
Determining if an Oracle Home is Read-Only D-8
File Path and Directory Changes in Read-Only Oracle Homes D-9
E Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers

About Managing Ports E-1
Oracle Database Component Port Numbers and Protocols E-1
Index
x
List of Tables
1-1 Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-1
1-2 Operating System General Checklist for Oracle Database on Linux 1-2
1-3 Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database 1-3
1-4 User Environment Configuration for Oracle Database 1-6
1-5 Storage Checklist for Oracle Database 1-7
1-6 Oracle Universal Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database Installation 1-8
1-7 Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database (single-instance) 1-12
4-1 x86-64 Oracle Linux 7 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-13
4-2 x86-64 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-15
4-3 x86-64 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-17
4-4 x86-64 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-19
4-5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-22
4-6 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Minimum Operating System Requirements 4-24
4-7 Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux X86–64 4-28
4-8 Requirements for Programming Environments for IBM: Linux on System z 4-29
5-1 Installation Owner Resource Limit Recommended Ranges 5-16
7-1 Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database 7-2
7-2 Platforms That Support Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM 7-5
9-1 Oracle ASM Disk Number and Minimum Space Requirements for an Oracle database
(non-CDB) 9-5
9-2 Oracle ASM Disk Number and Minimum Space Requirements for a multitenant
container database (CDB) with one pluggable database (PDB) 9-6
10-1 Image-Creation Options for Setup Wizard 10-3
11-1 Image-Creation Options for Setup Wizard 11-9
11-2 RPM Packages Naming Convention Example 11-13
12-1 Partial List of Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts Locked After Installation 12-4
A-1 Minimum Operating System Resource Parameter Settings A-2
A-2 Commands to Display Kernel Parameter Values A-3
A-3 Device Name Formats Based on Disk Type A-10
A-4 Disk Management Tasks Using ORACLEASM A-11
B-1 Response Files for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure B-4
C-1 Examples of OFA-Compliant Oracle Base Directory Names C-4
C-2 Optimal Flexible Architecture Hierarchical File Path Examples C-6
D-1 read/write and Read-Only Oracle Home File Path Examples D-9
E-1 Protocols and Default Port Numbers for Oracle Database Components E-2
xi
Preface
Preface
This guide explains how to install and configure single-instance Oracle Database.
This guide also provides information about Optimal Flexible Architecture, cloning an
Oracle home, and how to remove the database software.
• Audience
This guide is intended for anyone responsible for installing Oracle Database 19c.
• Documentation Accessibility
• Set Up Java Access Bridge to Implement Java Accessibility
Install Java Access Bridge so that assistive technologies on Microsoft Windows
systems can use the Java Accessibility API.
• Command Syntax
Refer to these command syntax conventions to understand command examples in
this guide.
• Related Documentation
• Conventions
Audience
This guide is intended for anyone responsible for installing Oracle Database 19c.
Additional installation guides for Oracle Database, Oracle Real Application Clusters,
Oracle Clusterware, Oracle Database Examples, and Oracle Enterprise Manager
Cloud Control are available at the following URL:
http://docs.oracle.com
Documentation Accessibility
For information about Oracle's commitment to accessibility, visit the Oracle
Accessibility Program website at http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?
ctx=acc&id=docacc.
Access to Oracle Support

Oracle customers that have purchased support have access to electronic support
through My Oracle Support. For information, visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/
lookup?ctx=acc&id=info or visit http://www.oracle.com/pls/topic/lookup?ctx=acc&id=trs
if you are hearing impaired.
xii
Preface
Set Up Java Access Bridge to Implement Java Accessibility

Install Java Access Bridge so that assistive technologies on Microsoft Windows
systems can use the Java Accessibility API.
Java Access Bridge is a technology that enables Java applications and applets that
implement the Java Accessibility API to be visible to assistive technologies on
Microsoft Windows systems.
Refer to Java Platform, Standard Edition Accessibility Guide for information about the
minimum supported versions of assistive technologies required to use Java Access
Bridge. Also refer to this guide to obtain installation and testing instructions, and
instructions for how to use Java Access Bridge.
Related Topics
• Java Platform, Standard Edition Java Accessibility Guide
Command Syntax
Refer to these command syntax conventions to understand command examples in this
guide.
Convention Description
$ Bourne or BASH shell prompt in a command example. Do not enter the
prompt as part of the command.
% C Shell prompt in a command example. Do not enter the prompt as part of
the command.
# Superuser (root) prompt in a command example. Do not enter the prompt
as part of the command.
monospace UNIX command syntax
backslash \ A backslash is the UNIX and Linux command continuation character. It is
used in command examples that are too long to fit on a single line. Enter
the command as displayed (with a backslash) or enter it on a single line
without a backslash:
dd if=/dev/rdsk/c0t1d0s6 of=/dev/rst0 bs=10b \

count=10000
braces { } Braces indicate required items:
.DEFINE {macro1}
brackets [ ] Brackets indicate optional items:
cvtcrt termname [outfile]
xiii
Preface
Convention Description
ellipses ... Ellipses indicate an arbitrary number of similar items:
CHKVAL fieldname value1 value2 ... valueN
italic Italic type indicates a variable. Substitute a value for the variable:
library_name
vertical line | A vertical line indicates a choice within braces or brackets:
FILE filesize [K|M]
Related Documentation
The related documentation for Oracle Database products includes the following
manuals:
Related Topics
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide
• Oracle Application Express Installation Guide
• Oracle Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide
• Oracle Database Concepts
• Oracle Database New Features Guide
• Oracle Database Licensing Information User Manual
• Oracle Database Release Notes
• Oracle Database Installation Guide
• Oracle Database Examples Installation Guide
• Oracle Database Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating
Systems
• Oracle Database Upgrade Guide
• Oracle Database 2 Day DBA
• Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation and Upgrade Guide
• Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration and Deployment Guide
• Oracle Real Application Clusters Installation Guide for Linux and UNIX
Conventions
The following text conventions are used in this document:
xiv
Preface
Convention Meaning
boldface Boldface type indicates graphical user interface elements associated
with an action, or terms defined in text or the glossary.
italic Italic type indicates book titles, emphasis, or placeholder variables for
which you supply particular values.
monospace Monospace type indicates commands within a paragraph, URLs, code
in examples, text that appears on the screen, or text that you enter.
xv
Changes in this Release for Oracle

Database
Learn about the new features and changes in Oracle Database Installation Guide for
Oracle Database 19c.
• New Features
Review new features available with Oracle Database installation in Oracle
Database 19c.
• Deprecated Features
Review features that are deprecated starting with Oracle Database 19c.
• Other Changes
Review other changes for Oracle Database 19c.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database New Features Guide
New Features
Review new features available with Oracle Database installation in Oracle Database
19c.
• Root Scripts Automation Support for Oracle Database Installation
• Simplified Image-Based Oracle Database Client Installation
Root Scripts Automation Support for Oracle Database Installation

Starting with Oracle Database 19c, the database installer, or setup wizard, provides
options to set up permissions to run the root configuration scripts automatically, as
required, during a database installation. You continue to have the option to run the root
configuration scripts manually.
Setting up permissions for root configuration scripts to run without user intervention
can simplify database installation and help avoid inadvertent permission errors.
Related Topics
• Running Oracle Database Setup Wizard to Install Oracle Database
Extract the database image files and use the runInstaller command to start
the installation.
Simplified Image-Based Oracle Database Client Installation

Starting with Oracle Database 19c, the Oracle Database client software is available as
an image file for download and installation. You must extract the image software into a
xvi
directory where you want your Oracle home to be located, and then run the
runInstaller script to start the Oracle Database client installation. Oracle Database
client installation binaries continue to be available in the traditional format as non-
image zip files.
As with Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure image file installations, Oracle
Database client image installations simplify Oracle Database client installations and
ensure best practice deployments.
Related Topics
• Installing Oracle Database Client Using Image File
Deprecated Features
Review features that are deprecated starting with Oracle Database 19c.
The following feature is deprecated in this release, and may be desupported in another
release. For more information about deprecated and desupported features,
parameters and views, refer to Oracle Database Upgrade Guide.
• Deprecation of clone.pl
The clone.pl script is deprecated in Oracle Database 19c. The functionality of
performing a software-only installation, using the gold image, is available in the
installer wizard.
The clone.pl script can be removed in a future release. Instead of using the
clone.pl script, Oracle recommends that you install the extracted gold image as a
home, using the installer wizard.
• Deprecation of the SERVICE_NAMES parameter
The use of the SERVICE_NAMES parameter is no longer actively supported. It must
not be used for high availability (HA) deployments. It is not supported to use
service names parameter for any HA operations. This restriction includes FAN,
load balancing, FAILOVER_TYPE, FAILOVER_RESTORE, SESSION_STATE_CONSISTENCY,
and any other uses.
Related Topics
Other Changes
Review other changes for Oracle Database 19c.
• Rapid Home Provisioning Name Change
Starting with Oracle Database 19c and Oracle Grid Infrastructure 19c, Rapid
Home Provisioning is renamed to Fleet Patching and Provisioning (FPP).
• Operating System Package Names
To simplify the installation of operating system packages required for an Oracle
Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation on Linux, starting with 19c,
only the operating system package names will be listed and not the exact package
version. Install or update to the latest version of these packages from the minimum
supported Linux distribution.Only packages that are officially released by Oracle or
your operating system vendor are supported.
xvii
1
Oracle Database Installation Checklist
Use checklists to review system requirements, and to plan and carry out Oracle
Database installation.
Oracle recommends that you use checklists as part of your installation planning
process. Using checklists can help you to confirm that your server hardware and
configuration meet minimum requirements for this release, and can help you to ensure
you carry out a successful installation.
• Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Use this checklist to check hardware requirements for Oracle Database.
• Operating System Checklist for Oracle Database Installation on Linux
Use this checklist to check minimum operating system requirements for Oracle
Database.
• Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Use this checklist to check minimum server configuration requirements for Oracle
Database installations.
• Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Use this checklist to plan operating system users, groups, and environments for
Oracle Database management.
• Storage Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Use this checklist to review storage minimum requirements and assist with
configuration planning.
• Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database
Use this checklist to assist you to be prepared before starting Oracle Universal
Installer.
• Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database
Use this checklist to decide the deployment method for a single-instance Oracle
Database.
Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Table 1-1 Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Check Task
Server Make Confirm that server make, model, core architecture, and host bus adaptors
and (HBA) or network interface controllers (NICs) are supported to run with Oracle
Architecture Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure. Ensure that the server has a DVD
drive, if you are installing from a DVD.
Runlevel 3 or 5
Server Display At least 1024 x 768 display resolution, which Oracle Universal Installer
Cards requires.
1-1
Chapter 1
Operating System Checklist for Oracle Database Installation on Linux
Table 1-1 (Cont.) Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Check Task
Minimum Server is connected to a network
network
connectivity
Minimum RAM • At least 1 GB RAM for Oracle Database installations. 2 GB RAM
recommended.
• At least 8 GB RAM for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations.
Operating System Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

on Linux
Use this checklist to check minimum operating system requirements for Oracle
Database.
Table 1-2 Operating System General Checklist for Oracle Database on Linux
Item Task
Operating system OpenSSH installed manually, if you do not have it installed already as
general part of a default Linux installation.
requirements A Linux kernel in the list of supported kernels and releases listed in this
guide.
Linux x86-64 The following Linux x86-64 kernels are supported:
operating system
requirements Oracle Linux 7.4 with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel 4:
4.1.12-124.19.2.el7uek.x86_64 or later
Oracle Linux 7.4 with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel 5:
4.14.35-1818.1.6.el7uek.x86_64 or later
Oracle Linux 7.5 with the Red Hat Compatible kernel:
3.10.0-862.11.6.el7.x86_64 or later
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5: 3.10.0-862.11.6.el7.x86_64 or later
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3: 4.4.162-94.72-default or

later
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15: 4.12.14-23-default or later

Review the system requirements section for a list of minimum package
requirements.
IBM: Linux on The following IBM: Linux on System z kernels are supported:
System z operating
system Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.4: 3.10.0-693.el7.s390x or later
requirements
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12: 4.4.73-5-default s390x or later
Review the system requirements section for a list of minimum package
requirements.
Oracle If you use Oracle Linux, then Oracle recommends that you run an Oracle
Preinstallation RPM preinstallation RPM for your Linux release to configure your operating
for Oracle Linux system for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations.
1-2
Chapter 1
Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Table 1-2 (Cont.) Operating System General Checklist for Oracle Database on
Linux
Item Task
Oracle RPM Oracle recommends that you use the Oracle RPM Checker utility to
Checker utility for verify that you have the required Red Hat Enterprise Linux or SUSE
IBM: Linux on packages installed on your IBM: Linux on System z operating system
System z before you start the Oracle Database or Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installation.
Disable Transparent Oracle recommends that you disable Transparent HugePages and use
HugePages standard HugePages for enhanced performance.
Related Topics
• Automatically Configuring Oracle Linux with Oracle Preinstallation RPM
Use Oracle Preinstallation RPM to simplify operating system configuration in
preparation for Oracle software installations.
• Operating System Requirements for x86-64 Linux Platforms
The Linux distributions and packages listed in this section are supported for this
release on x86-64.
• Disabling Transparent HugePages
Oracle recommends that you disable Transparent HugePages before you start
installation.
Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database

Installation
Use this checklist to check minimum server configuration requirements for Oracle
Database installations.
Table 1-3 Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Disk space allocated to At least 1 GB of space in the /tmp directory.
the /tmp directory
Swap space allocation
relative to RAM (Oracle Between 1 GB and 2 GB: 1.5 times the size of the RAM
Database) Between 2 GB and 16 GB: Equal to the size of the RAM
More than 16 GB: 16 GB
Note: If you enable HugePages for your Linux servers,
then you should deduct the memory allocated to
HugePages from the available RAM before calculating
swap space.
1-3
Chapter 1
Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Table 1-3 (Cont.) Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Swap space allocation
relative to RAM (Oracle Between 8 GB and 16 GB: Equal to the size of the RAM
Restart) More than 16 GB: 16 GB
Note: If you enable HugePages for your Linux servers,
then you should deduct the memory allocated to
HugePages from the available RAM before calculating
swap space.
Oracle Inventory • For upgrades, Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) detects an

(oraInventory) and existing oraInventory directory from the /etc/
OINSTALL Group oraInst.loc file, and uses the existing oraInventory.
Requirements • For new installs, if you have not configured an oraInventory
directory, then you can specify the oraInventory directory
during the software installation and Oracle Universal
Installer will set up the software directories for you. The
Oracle inventory is one directory level up from the Oracle
base for the Oracle software installation and designates the
installation owner's primary group as the Oracle inventory
group. Ensure that the oraInventory path that you specify is
in compliance with the Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture
recommendations.
The Oracle Inventory directory is the central inventory of Oracle
software installed on your system. Users who have the Oracle
Inventory group as their primary group are granted the
OINSTALL privilege to write to the central inventory.
The OINSTALL group must be the primary group of all Oracle
software installation owners on the server. It should be writable
by any Oracle installation owner.
Groups and users Oracle recommends that you create groups and user accounts
required for your security plans before starting installation.
Installation owners have resource limits settings and other
requirements. Group and user names must use only ASCII
characters.
Mount point paths for the Oracle recommends that you create an Optimal Flexible
software binaries Architecture configuration as described in the appendix "Optimal
Flexible Architecture" in Oracle Database Installation Guide for
your platform.
Ensure that the Oracle home The ASCII character restriction includes installation owner user
(the Oracle home path you names, which are used as a default for some home paths, as
select for Oracle Database) well as other directory names you may select for paths.
uses only ASCII characters
Unset Oracle software If you have an existing Oracle software installation, and you are
environment variables using the same user to install this installation, then unset the
following environment variables: $ORACLE_HOME,$ORA_NLS10,
and $TNS_ADMIN.
If you have set $ORA_CRS_HOME as an environment variable,
then unset it before starting an installation or upgrade. Do not
use $ORA_CRS_HOME as a user environment variable, except as
directed by Oracle Support.
1-4
Chapter 1
Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Table 1-3 (Cont.) Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Set locale (if needed) Specify the language and the territory, or locale, in which you
want to use Oracle components. A locale is a linguistic and
cultural environment in which a system or program is running.
NLS (National Language Support) parameters determine the
locale-specific behavior on both servers and clients. The locale
setting of a component determines the language of the user
interface of the component, and the globalization behavior, such
as date and number formatting.
Check Shared Memory File By default, your operating system includes an entry in /etc/
System Mount fstab to mount /dev/shm. However, if your Cluster
Verification Utility (CVU) or Oracle Universal Installer (OUI)
checks fail, ensure that the /dev/shm mount area is of type
tmpfs and is mounted with the following options:
• rw and exec permissions set on it
• Without noexec or nosuid set on it
Note:
These options may not be listed
as they are usually set as the
default permissions by your
operating system.
Related Topics
• Checking and Configuring Server Hardware for Oracle Database
Verify that servers where you install Oracle Database meet the minimum
requirements for installation.
• Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Grid Infrastructure and
Oracle Database
Before installation, create operating system groups and users, and configure user
environments.
• Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide
Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle

Database Installation
Use this checklist to plan operating system users, groups, and environments for
Oracle Database management.
1-5
Chapter 1
Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Table 1-4 User Environment Configuration for Oracle Database
Check Task
Review Oracle Inventory The physical group you designate as the Oracle Inventory
(oraInventory) and directory is the central inventory of Oracle software installed on
OINSTALL Group your system. It should be the primary group for all Oracle
Requirements software installation owners. Users who have the Oracle
Inventory group as their primary group are granted the
OINSTALL privilege to read and write to the central inventory.
• If you have an existing installation, then OUI detects the
existing oraInventory directory from the/etc/
oraInst.loc file, and uses this location.
• If you are installing Oracle software for the first time, then
you can specify the Oracle inventory directory and the
Oracle base directory during the Oracle software
installation, and Oracle Universal Installer will set up the
software directories for you. Ensure that the directory paths
that you specify are in compliance with the Oracle Optimal
Flexible Architecture recommendations.
Ensure that the group designated as the OINSTALL group is
available as the primary group for all planned Oracle software
installation owners.
Create operating system Create operating system groups and users depending on your
groups and users for security requirements, as described in this install guide.
standard or role-allocated Set resource limits settings and other requirements for Oracle
system privileges software installation owners.
Group and user names must use only ASCII characters.
Unset Oracle Software If you have had an existing installation on your system, and you
Environment Variables are using the same user account to install this installation, then
unset the ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_BASE, ORACLE_SID,
TNS_ADMIN environment variables and any other environment
variable set for the Oracle installation user that is connected
with Oracle software homes.
Configure the Oracle Configure the environment of the oracle or grid user by
Software Owner Environment performing the following tasks:
• Set the default file mode creation mask (umask) to 022 in
the shell startup file.
• Set the DISPLAY environment variable.
Related Topics
• Optimal Flexible Architecture
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) rules are a set of configuration
guidelines created to ensure well-organized Oracle installations, which simplifies
administration, support and maintenance.
Related Topics
• Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Grid Infrastructure and
Oracle Database
environments.
1-6
Chapter 1
Storage Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
Storage Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Use this checklist to review storage minimum requirements and assist with
configuration planning.
Table 1-5 Storage Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Minimum local disk
storage space for For Linux x86-64:
Oracle software At least 6.5 GB for an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
server installation.
At least 7.2 GB for Oracle Database Enterprise Edition.
At least 7.2 GB for Oracle Database Standard Edition 2.
For IBM: Linux on System z:

At least 5.5 GB for an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
server installation.
At least 5.9 GB for Oracle Database Enterprise Edition.
At least 5.9 GB for Oracle Database Standard Edition 2.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you allocate
approximately 100 GB to allow additional
space for applying any future patches on
top of the existing Oracle home. For
specific patch-related disk space
requirements, please refer to your patch
documentation.
Select Database Ensure that you have one of the following storage options available:
File Storage Option • File system mounted on the server. Oracle recommends that the file
system you select is separate from the file system used by the
operating system or the Oracle software. Options include the
following:
– A file system on a logical volume manager (LVM) volume or a
RAID device
– A network file system (NFS) mounted on a certified network-
attached storage (NAS) device
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM).
Oracle ASM is installed as part of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installation. If you plan to use Oracle ASM for storage, then you
should install Oracle Grid Infrastructure before you install and create
the database.
1-7
Chapter 1
Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database
Table 1-5 (Cont.) Storage Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Determine your If you want to enable recovery during installation, then be prepared to
recovery plan select one of the following options:
• File system: Configure a fast recovery area on a file system during
installation
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management: Configure a fast recovery
area disk group using Oracle ASMCA.
Review the storage configuration sections of this document for more
information about configuring recovery.
Related Topics
• Configuring File System Storage for Oracle Database
Complete these procedures to use file system storage for Oracle Database.

Use this checklist to assist you to be prepared before starting Oracle Universal
Installer.
Table 1-6 Oracle Universal Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database
Installation
Check Task
Read the Release Notes Review release notes for your platform, which are available for your
release at the following URL:
http://docs.oracle.com/en/database/database.html
Review Oracle Support New platforms and operating system software versions may be
Certification Matrix certified after this guide is published, review the certification matrix
on the My Oracle Support website for the most up-to-date list of
certified hardware platforms and operating system versions:
https://support.oracle.com/
You must register online before using My Oracle Support. After
logging in, from the menu options, select the Certifications tab. On
the Certifications page, use the Certification Search options to
search by Product, Release, and Platform. You can also search
using the Certification Quick Link options such as Product
Delivery, and Lifetime Support.
Review the Licensing You are permitted to use only those components in the Oracle
Information Database media pack for which you have purchased licenses. For
more information about licenses, refer to the following URL:
Oracle Database Licensing Information
1-8
Chapter 1
Table 1-6 (Cont.) Oracle Universal Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle
Check Task
Run OUI with CVU and Oracle Universal Installer is fully integrated with Cluster Verification
use fixup scripts Utility (CVU), automating many CVU prerequisite checks. Oracle
Universal Installer runs all prerequisite checks and creates fixup
scripts when you run the installer. You can run OUI up to the
Summary screen without starting the installation.
You can also run CVU commands manually to check system
readiness. For more information, see:
Oracle Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide
Update and run Oracle Oracle recommends that you update to the latest version of Oracle
ORAchk for runtime and ORAchk.
upgrade checks, or The Oracle ORAchk utility provides system checks that can help to
runtime health checks prevent issues before and after installation. These checks include
kernel requirements, operating system resource allocations, and
other system requirements.
Use the Oracle ORAchk Upgrade Readiness Assessment to obtain
an automated upgrade-specific system health check for upgrades to
11.2.0.3, 11.2.0.4, 12.1.0.1, 12.1.0.2, 12.2, 18c, and 19c. For
example:
• Before you perform a fresh database installation:
./orachk -profile preinstall

• To upgrade your existing database to a higher version or
release:
./orachk -u -o pre
The Oracle ORAchk Upgrade Readiness Assessment automates
many of the manual pre- and post-upgrade checks described in
Oracle upgrade documentation. Check My Oracle Support Note
1268927.1 for more information about Oracle ORAchk support.
https://support.oracle.com/rs?type=doc&id=1268927.2
Verify if Oracle Grid If you want to use Oracle ASM or Oracle Restart, then install Oracle
Infrastructure is installed Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and
create the database. Otherwise, to use Oracle ASM, you must
complete an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, and then
manually register the database with Oracle Restart.
For Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) installations,
ensure that you have installed and configured Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a cluster.
Check running Oracle • On a standalone database not using Oracle ASM: You do not
processes, and shut need to shut down the database while you install Oracle Grid
down if necessary Infrastructure.
• On a standalone database using Oracle ASM: The Oracle ASM
instances are restarted during installation.
• On an Oracle RAC Database node: This installation requires an
upgrade of Oracle Clusterware, as Oracle Clusterware is
required to run Oracle RAC. As part of the upgrade, you must
shut down the database one node at a time as the rolling
upgrade proceeds from node to node.
1-9
Chapter 1
Check Task
Ensure cron jobs do If the installer is running when daily cron jobs start, then you may
not run during encounter unexplained installation problems if your cron job is
installation performing cleanup, and temporary files are deleted before the
installation is finished. Oracle recommends that you complete
installation before daily cron jobs are run, or disable daily
cron
jobs that perform cleanup until after the installation is completed.

Obtain your My Oracle During installation, you may require a My Oracle Support user name
Support account and password to configure updates, download software updates,
information. and other installation tasks. You can register for My Oracle Support
at the following URL:
Decide Oracle Database By default, Oracle Database is managed by Oracle Enterprise
management tool Manager Database Express.
If you have an existing Oracle Management Agent, and decide to
use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control to centrally manage
your database, then obtain the following information to enter during
the database installation:
• OMS host
• OMS port
• EM admin username
• EM admin password
• Specify password of ASMSNMP user
For more information, see:
• Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Administrator’s Guide
Review memory You can enable automatic memory management either during, or
allocation and Automatic after Oracle Database installation. If you enable automatic memory
Memory Management management after installation, then you must shut down and restart
feature the database.
If the total physical memory of your database instance is greater
than 4 GB, then you cannot select the Oracle Automatic Memory
Management option during database installation and creation.
Instead, use automatic shared memory management. Automatic
shared memory management automatically distributes the available
memory among the various components as required, allowing the
system to maximize the use of all available SGA memory.
For more information, see:
Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
1-10
Chapter 1
Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database
Check Task
Determine superuser During a database or grid infrastructure installation, you are asked to
(root) privilege run configuration scripts as the root user.
delegation option for You can either run these scripts manually as root when prompted,
installation or you can provide configuration information and passwords using a
root privilege delegation option.
To run root scripts automatically, select Automatically run
configuration scripts during installation.
• Use root user credentials
Provide the superuser password for cluster member node
servers.
• Use Sudo
Sudo is a UNIX and Linux utility that allows members of the
sudoers list privileges to run individual commands as root.
Provide the username and password of an operating system
user that is a member of sudoers, and is authorized to run Sudo
on each cluster member node.
To enable Sudo, have a system administrator with the
appropriate privileges configure a user that is a member of the
sudoers list, and provide the username and password when
prompted during installation.
Oracle Database Client For information about interoperability between Oracle Database
and Oracle Database Client and Oracle Database releases, see My Oracle Support Note
interoperability 207303.1:
Related Topics
• Installing Oracle Database
Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation software is available
as image-based zip files in multiple media, and can be installed using several
options.
• Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server includes Oracle Restart and
Oracle Automatic Storage Management.

Use this checklist to decide the deployment method for a single-instance Oracle
Database.
1-11
Chapter 1
Table 1-7 Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database (single-instance)
Item Task
To deploy single- Use one of the following deployment methods:
instance Oracle • Install Oracle Database software using Oracle Universal Installer
Database software (OUI).
• Provision Oracle Database software using Oracle Fleet Patching
and Provisioning.
• Clone Oracle Database.
To deploy single- Use one of the following deployment methods:
instance Oracle • Install Oracle Database software using Oracle Universal Installer
Database software (OUI).
and create • Provision Oracle Database software using Oracle Fleet Patching
databases
and Provisioning.
• Clone Oracle Database.
To create single- • Use Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA).
instance Oracle • Use Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning
Database in an
already-installed
Oracle home
Related Topics
• Installing Oracle Database
Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation software is available
as image-based zip files in multiple media, and can be installed using several
options.
• About Deploying Oracle Database Using Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning
You can use Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning (Oracle FPP) to provision
Oracle Database software.
• Oracle Database Administrator’s Guide
See Also:
Oracle Clusterware Administration and Deployment Guide for more
information about Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning
1-12
2
Checking and Configuring Server
Hardware for Oracle Database
Verify that servers where you install Oracle Database meet the minimum requirements
for installation.
This section provides minimum server requirements to complete installation of Oracle
Database. It does not provide system resource guidelines, or other tuning guidelines
for particular workloads.
• Logging In to a Remote System Using X Window System
Use this procedure to run Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) by logging on to a
remote system where the runtime setting prohibits logging in directly to a graphical
user interface (GUI).
• Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration
Use this procedure to gather information about your server configuration.
Logging In to a Remote System Using X Window System

Use this procedure to run Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) by logging on to a remote
system where the runtime setting prohibits logging in directly to a graphical user
interface (GUI).
OUI is a graphical user interface (GUI) application. On servers where the runtime
settings prevent GUI applications from running, you can redirect the GUI display to a
client system connecting to the server.
Note:
If you log in as another user (for example, oracle or grid), then repeat this
procedure for that user as well.
1. Start an X Window System session. If you are using an X Window System terminal
emulator from a PC or similar system, then you may need to configure security
settings to permit remote hosts to display X applications on your local system.
2. Enter a command using the following syntax to enable remote hosts to display X
applications on the local X server:
# xhost + RemoteHost
RemoteHost is the fully qualified remote host name. For example:
# xhost + somehost.example.com
somehost.example.com being added to the access control list
2-1
Chapter 2
Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration
3. If you are not installing the software on the local system, then use the ssh
command to connect to the system where you want to install the software:
# ssh -Y RemoteHost
RemoteHost is the fully qualified remote host name. The -Y flag ("yes") enables
remote X11 clients to have full access to the original X11 display. For example:
# ssh -Y somehost.example.com
4. If you are not logged in as the root user, and you are performing configuration
steps that require root user privileges, then switch the user to root.
Note:
For more information about remote login using X Window System, refer to
your X server documentation, or contact your X server vendor or system
administrator. Depending on the X server software that you are using, you
may have to complete the tasks in a different order.

Use this procedure to gather information about your server configuration.
1. Use the following command to determine physical RAM size on the server:
# grep MemTotal /proc/meminfo
If the size of the physical RAM installed in the system is less than the required
size, then you must install more memory before continuing.
2. Determine the size of the configured swap space:
# grep SwapTotal /proc/meminfo
If necessary, see your operating system documentation for information about how
to configure additional swap space.
3. Determine the amount of space available in the /tmp directory:
# df -h /tmp
If the free space available in the /tmp directory is less than what is required, then
complete one of the following steps:
• Delete unnecessary files from the /tmp directory to meet the disk space
requirement.
• When you set the Oracle user's environment, also set the TMP and TMPDIR
environment variables to the directory you want to use instead of /tmp.
2-2
Chapter 2
4. Determine the amount of free RAM and disk swap space on the system:
# free
5. Determine if the system architecture can run the software:
# uname -m
Verify that the processor architecture matches the Oracle software release to
install. For example, you should see the following for a x86-64 bit system:
x86_64
If you do not see the expected output, then you cannot install the software on this
system.
6. Verify that shared memory (/dev/shm) is mounted properly with sufficient size:
df -h /dev/shm
The df-h command displays the filesystem on which /dev/shm is mounted, and
also displays in GB the total size and free size of shared memory.
Related Topics
• Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation
2-3
3
Automatically Configuring Oracle Linux
with Oracle Preinstallation RPM
Oracle recommends that you install Oracle Linux 7 and use Oracle Preinstallation
RPM to configure your operating systems for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid
Infrastructure installations.
• Overview of Oracle Linux Configuration with Oracle Preinstallation RPM
Use Oracle Preinstallation RPM to simplify operating system configuration, and to
ensure that you have required kernel packages.
• Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM with ULN Support
Use this procedure to subscribe to Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN) Oracle Linux
channels for your Oracle software.
• Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM From Unbreakable Linux Network
Use this procedure to subscribe to Oracle Linux channels, and to add the Oracle
Linux channel that distributes the Oracle Preinstallation RPM.
• Installing a New Oracle Linux Installation from DVDs or Images
Use this procedure to install a new Oracle Linux installation and to perform system
configuration with the Oracle Preinstallation RPM:
• Installing Oracle Linux with Oracle Linux Yum Server Support
Use this procedure to install Oracle Linux and configure your Linux installation for
security errata or bug fix updates using the Oracle Linux yum server.
• Configuring Oracle Ksplice to Perform Oracle Linux Updates
You can configure Oracle Ksplice to perform zero downtime updates for your
operating system if you have an Oracle Linux Premier Support subscription and an
access key, which is available on Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN).
• Configure Additional Operating System Features
Oracle recommends that you configure your operating system before starting
installation with additional features, such as IPMI or additional programming
environments.
Overview of Oracle Linux Configuration with Oracle

Preinstallation RPM
Use Oracle Preinstallation RPM to simplify operating system configuration, and to
ensure that you have required kernel packages.
Oracle recommends that you install Oracle Linux 7 and use Oracle Preinstallation
RPM to configure your operating systems for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid
3-1
Chapter 3
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM with ULN Support
The Oracle Preinstallation RPM for your Oracle Linux distributions and database
release automatically installs any additional packages needed for installing Oracle Grid
Infrastructure and Oracle Database, and configures your server operating system
automatically, including setting kernel parameters and other basic operating system
requirements for installation. For more information about Oracle Linux and Oracle
Preinstallation RPM, refer to:
http://docs.oracle.com/en/operating-systems/linux.html
Configuring a server using Oracle Linux and the Oracle Preinstallation RPM consists
of the following steps:
1. Install Oracle Linux.
2. Register your Linux distribution with Oracle Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN) or
download and configure the yum repository for your system using the Oracle Linux
yum server for your Oracle Linux release.
3. Install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM with the RPM for your Oracle Grid
Infrastructure and Oracle Database releases, and update your Linux release.
4. Create role-allocated groups and users with identical names and ID numbers.
5. Complete network interface configuration for each cluster node candidate.
6. Complete system configuration for shared storage access as required for each
standard or core node cluster candidate.
After these steps are complete, you can proceed to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure
and Oracle Database.
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM with ULN Support

Use this procedure to subscribe to Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN) Oracle Linux
channels for your Oracle software.
To obtain Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN) support, subscribe to Oracle Linux
channels, and to add the Oracle Linux channel that distributes the Oracle
Preinstallation RPM:
1. Register your server with Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN). By default, you are
registered for the Oracle Linux Latest channel for your operating system and
hardware.
2. Log in to Unbreakable Linux Network:
https://linux.oracle.com
3. Start a terminal session and enter the following command as root, depending on
your platform. For example:
• Oracle Linux 7:
# yum install oracle-database-preinstall-19c
3-2
Chapter 3
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM From Unbreakable Linux Network
Note:
Use the -y option if you want yum to skip the package confirmation
prompt.
You should see output indicating that you have subscribed to the Oracle Linux
channel, and that packages are being installed.
Oracle Linux automatically creates a standard (not role-allocated) Oracle
installation owner and groups, and sets up other kernel configuration settings as
required for Oracle installations.
4. Check the RPM log file to review the system configuration changes. For example,
on Oracle Linux 7:
/var/log/oracle-database-preinstall-19c/backup/timestamp/orakernel.log
5. Repeat steps 1 through 4 on all other servers in your cluster.
Installing the Oracle Preinstallation RPM From Unbreakable

Linux Network
Use this procedure to subscribe to Oracle Linux channels, and to add the Oracle Linux
channel that distributes the Oracle Preinstallation RPM.
1. Complete a default Oracle Linux workstation installation.
You can download Oracle Linux from the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud:
https://edelivery.oracle.com/linux
2. Register your server with Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN). By default, you are
registered for the Oracle Linux Latest channel for your operating system and
hardware.
3. Log in to Unbreakable Linux Network:
4. Click the Systems tab, and in the System Profiles list, select a registered server.
The System Details window opens and displays the subscriptions for the server.
5. Click Manage Subscriptions to open the System Summary window.
6. From the Available Channels list, select the Latest and update patch channels
corresponding to your Oracle Linux distribution. For example, if your distribution is
Oracle Linux 7 for x86_64, then select Oracle Linux 7 Latest (x86_64).
7. Click Subscribe.
• Oracle Linux 7:
3-3
Chapter 3
Installing a New Oracle Linux Installation from DVDs or Images
Note:
prompt.
Oracle Linux automatically creates standard (not role-allocated) Oracle installation
owner and groups, and sets up other kernel configuration settings as required for
Oracle installations.
9. Enter the following command as root to update the sysctl.conf settings:
# sysctl -p
Note:
The RPM packages set the Oracle software user to oracle by default.
Before installing Oracle Database, you can update the Oracle user name
in the /etc/security/limits.d/oracle-database-
preinstall-19c.conf file and other configuration files.
10. Check the RPM log file to review the system configuration changes. For example,
on Oracle Linux 7:
/var/log/oracle-database-preinstall-19c/backup/timestamp/orakernel.log
Repeat these steps on all other servers in your cluster.
Installing a New Oracle Linux Installation from DVDs or

Images
Use this procedure to install a new Oracle Linux installation and to perform system
configuration with the Oracle Preinstallation RPM:
1. Obtain Oracle Linux either by ordering the Oracle Linux media pack from Oracle
Store, or by downloading disk images from the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud
website for Oracle Linux and Oracle VM.
• Oracle Store
https://shop.oracle.com
• Oracle Software Delivery Cloud website:
2. Start the Oracle Linux installation and respond to installation screens with values
appropriate for your environment.
3-4
Chapter 3
Installing Oracle Linux with Oracle Linux Yum Server Support
3. Review the first software selection screen, which lists task-specific software
options. At the bottom of the screen, there is an option to customize now or
customize later. Select Customize now, and click Next.
4. On Oracle Linux, select Servers on the left of the screen and System
administration tools on the right of the screen (options may vary between
releases).
The Packages in System Tools window opens.
5. Select the Oracle Preinstallation RPM package box from the package list. For
example, for Oracle Linux 7, select a package similar to the following:
oracle-database-preinstall-19c-1.0-4.el7.x86_64.rpm
If you do not have an Oracle Preinstallation RPM package option that is current for
your Oracle Database release, because you are using an Oracle Linux installation
that is previous to your Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure release,
then install the RPM for your release manually after completing the operating
system installation.
6. Close the optional package window and click Next.
7. Complete the other screens to finish the Oracle Linux installation.
installation owner and groups, and sets up other kernel configuration settings as
required for Oracle installations.
8. Repeat steps 2 through 6 on all other cluster member nodes.
Installing Oracle Linux with Oracle Linux Yum Server

Support
Use this procedure to install Oracle Linux and configure your Linux installation for
security errata or bug fix updates using the Oracle Linux yum server.
1. Obtain Oracle Linux DVDs from Oracle Store, or download Oracle Linux from the
Oracle Software Delivery Cloud:
Oracle Store:
https://shop.oracle.com
Oracle Software Delivery Cloud website:
2. Install Oracle Linux from the ISO or DVD image.
3. Log in as root.
4. Download the yum repository file for your Linux distribution from the following URL
using the instructions you can find on the Oracle Linux yum server website:
http://yum.oracle.com/
3-5
Chapter 3
Configuring Oracle Ksplice to Perform Oracle Linux Updates
For example:
# cd /etc/yum.repos.d/
wget http://yum.oracle.com/public-yum-ol7.repo
Ensure that the public_olrelease_latest file (for example, public_ol7_latest

for Oracle Linux 7) is enabled, because this is the repository that contains the
Oracle Preinstallation RPM.
5. (Optional) Edit the repo file to enable other repositories. For example, enable the
repository public_ol7_latest by setting enabled=1 in the file with a text editor.
6. Run the command yum repolist to verify the registered channels.
Oracle Linux 7:
Note:
prompt.
installation owner and groups and sets up other kernel configuration settings as
required for Oracle installations. If you plan to use job-role separation, then create
the extended set of database users and groups depending on your requirements.
After installation, run the command yum update as needed to obtain the most
current security errata and bug fixes for your Oracle Linux installation.
Configuring Oracle Ksplice to Perform Oracle Linux Updates

You can configure Oracle Ksplice to perform zero downtime updates for your operating
system if you have an Oracle Linux Premier Support subscription and an access key,
which is available on Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN).
For more information about Ksplice (including trial versions), refer to the Ksplice site:
http://ksplice.oracle.com/
To use Ksplice, you must register your system and create a Ksplice repository.
1. Check for your kernel distribution at the following URL:
http://ksplice.oracle.com/legacy#supported-kernels
2. Log in as root.
3-6
Chapter 3
Configure Additional Operating System Features
3. Ensure that you have access to the Internet on the server where you want to use
Ksplice. For example, if you are using a proxy server, then set the proxy server
and port values in the shell with commands similar to the following:
# export http_proxy=http://proxy.example.com:port
# export https_proxy=http://proxy.example.com:port
4. Download the Ksplice Uptrack repository RPM package:

https://www.ksplice.com/yum/uptrack/ol/ksplice-uptrack-release.noarch.rpm
5. Run the following commands:
rpm -i ksplice-uptrack-release.noarch.rpm
yum -y install uptrack
Configure Additional Operating System Features

Oracle recommends that you configure your operating system before starting
installation with additional features, such as IPMI or additional programming
environments.
Review the preinstallation chapters to ensure that you have completed configuration
as needed for the features you want.
3-7
4
Configuring Operating Systems for Oracle
Database on Linux
Complete operating system configuration requirements and checks for Linux operating
systems before you start installation.
You must meet the minimum requirements such as the operating system distribution,
packages, and other software requirements for this release before you start an Oracle
Database or Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
• Guidelines for Linux Operating System Installation
Operating system guidelines to be aware of before proceeding with an Oracle
installation.
• Reviewing Operating System and Software Upgrade Best Practices
These topics provide general planning guidelines and platform-specific information
about upgrades and migration.
• Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
Secure operating systems are an important basis for general system security.
• About Installation Fixup Scripts
Oracle Universal Installer detects when the minimum requirements for an
installation are not met, and creates shell scripts, called fixup scripts, to finish
incomplete system configuration steps.
• About Operating System Requirements
Depending on the products that you intend to install, verify that you have the
required operating system kernel and packages installed.
• Using Oracle RPM Checker on IBM: Linux on System z
Use the Oracle RPM Checker utility to verify that you have the required Red Hat
Enterprise Linux or SUSE packages installed on the operating system before you
start the Oracle Database or Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
• Operating System Requirements for x86-64 Linux Platforms
release on x86-64.
• Operating System Requirements for IBM: Linux on System z
release on IBM: Linux on System z.
• Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Linux
Information about optional drivers and software packages.
• Checking Kernel and Package Requirements for Linux
Verify your kernel and packages to see if they meet minimum requirements for
installation.
• Installing the cvuqdisk RPM for Linux
If you do not use an Oracle Preinstallation RPM, and you want to use the Cluster
Verification Utility, then you must install the cvuqdisk RPM.
4-1
Chapter 4
Guidelines for Linux Operating System Installation
• Confirming Host Name Resolution

Check to ensure that the host name for your server is resolvable.
• Disabling Transparent HugePages
installation.
• Using Automatic SSH Configuration During Installation
To install Oracle software, configure secure shell (SSH) connectivity between all
cluster member nodes.
• Verifying the Disk I/O Scheduler on Linux
For best performance for Oracle ASM, Oracle recommends that you use the
Deadline I/O Scheduler.

Operating system guidelines to be aware of before proceeding with an Oracle
installation.
This section provides information about installing a supported Linux distribution.
Complete the minimum hardware configuration before you install the operating
system.
• Completing a Minimal Linux Installation
Review information about minimal Linux operating system installation.
• Completing a Default Linux Installation
If you do not install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM, then Oracle recommends that
you install your Linux operating system with the default software packages
(RPMs).
• About Oracle Linux with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel
The Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux provides the latest
innovations from upstream development to customers who run Oracle Linux in the
data center.
• About the Oracle Preinstallation RPM
If your Linux distribution is Oracle Linux, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and you are
an Oracle Linux support customer, then you can complete most preinstallation
configuration tasks by using the Oracle Preinstallation RPM for your release.
• Restrictions for HugePages and Transparent HugePages Configurations
Review the HugePages and Transparent HugePages guidelines discussed in this
section.
Related Topics
• Oracle Linux Operating System Documentation
Completing a Minimal Linux Installation

Review information about minimal Linux operating system installation.
• About Minimal Linux Installations
To complete a minimal Linux installation, select one of the minimal installation
options.
4-2
Chapter 4
• RPM Packages for Completing Operating System Configuration

To complete basic operating system configuration, use the RPM packages that
Oracle creates for your Linux distribution.
• Open SSH Requirement for Minimal Installation
OpenSSH is required for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
About Minimal Linux Installations

To complete a minimal Linux installation, select one of the minimal installation options.
A minimal Linux installation option is either a custom installation where you select the
Minimal option from Package Group Selection, or where you deselect all packages
except for the Base pack. A minimal Linux installation lacks many RPMs required for
database installation, so you must use an RPM package for your Oracle Linux release
to install the required packages. The package you use depends on your Linux release,
and your support status with Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN).
Note:
The Oracle Preinstallation RPM installs the X11 client libraries, but it does
not install the X Window System server packages. To use graphical user
interfaces such as OUI, configuration assistants, and Oracle Enterprise
Manager, set the display to a system with X Window System server
packages.
Refer to the following URL for documentation regarding installation of a reduced set of
packages:
If you are not a member of Unbreakable Linux Network or Red Hat Support network,
and you are a My Oracle Support customer, then you can download instructions to
configure a script that documents installation of a reduced set of packages from the
same My Oracle Support Note.
You can also search for "Linux reduced set of packages" to locate the instructions.
RPM Packages for Completing Operating System Configuration

To complete basic operating system configuration, use the RPM packages that Oracle
creates for your Linux distribution.
Oracle Linux Preinstallation RPM with ULN Support

Oracle Preinstallation RPM for your Oracle Linux 7 kernel (oracle-database-
preinstall-19c).
Unbreakable Linux Network (ULN) customers can obtain the Oracle Preinstallation
RPM by using yum.
Oracle Linux Preinstallation RPM Without ULN Support

Oracle Linux packages on the Oracle Linux yum server website:
4-3
Chapter 4
http://yum.oracle.com/repo/OracleLinux/OL6/latest/x86_64//
http://yum.oracle.com/repo/OracleLinux/OL7/latest/x86_64
Open SSH Requirement for Minimal Installation

OpenSSH is required for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
OpenSSH should be included in the Linux distribution minimal installation. To confirm
that SSH packages are installed, enter the following command:
# rpm -qa | grep ssh
If you do not see a list of SSH packages, then install those packages for your Linux
distribution.
Completing a Default Linux Installation

If you do not install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM, then Oracle recommends that you
install your Linux operating system with the default software packages (RPMs).
A default Linux installation includes most of the required packages and helps you limit
manual verification of package dependencies. Oracle recommends that you do not
customize the RPMs during installation.
For information about a default installation, log on to My Oracle Support:
https://support.oracle.com
Search for information about default RPMs for your Linux distribution. For example:
https://support.oracle.com/CSP/main/article?cmd=show&type=NOT&id=401167.1
After installation, review system requirements for your distribution to ensure that you
have all required kernel packages installed, and complete all other configuration tasks
required for your distribution and system configuration.
About Oracle Linux with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel

The Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux provides the latest innovations
from upstream development to customers who run Oracle Linux in the data center.
Starting with Oracle Linux 5 Update 6 and later Oracle Linux kernels, the Unbreakable
Enterprise Kernel is included and enabled by default. It is based on a recent stable
mainline development Linux kernel, and also includes optimizations developed in
collaboration with Oracle Database, Oracle middleware, and Oracle hardware
engineering teams to ensure stability and optimal performance for the most
demanding enterprise workloads.
Oracle highly recommends deploying the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel in your
Oracle Linux environment, especially if you run enterprise applications. However,
using Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel is optional. If you require strict Red Hat
Enterprise Linux (RHEL) kernel compatibility, then Oracle Linux also includes a kernel
compatible with the RHEL Linux kernel, compiled directly from the RHEL source code.
You can obtain more information about the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle
Linux at the following URL:
4-4
Chapter 4
http://www.oracle.com/us/technologies/linux
The Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux is the standard kernel used with
Oracle products. The build and QA systems for Oracle Database and other Oracle
products use the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux exclusively. The
Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux is also the kernel used in Oracle
Exadata and Oracle Exalogic systems. Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle
Linux is used in all benchmark tests on Linux in which Oracle participates, as well as in
the Oracle Preinstallation RPM program for x86-64.
Oracle Ksplice, which is part of Oracle Linux, updates the Linux operating system (OS)
kernel, while it is running, without requiring restarts or any interruption. Ksplice is
available only with Oracle Linux.
About the Oracle Preinstallation RPM

If your Linux distribution is Oracle Linux, or Red Hat Enterprise Linux, and you are an
Oracle Linux support customer, then you can complete most preinstallation
configuration tasks by using the Oracle Preinstallation RPM for your release.
Oracle Preinstallation RPMs are available from the Oracle Linux Network or available
on the Oracle Linux DVDs. Using the Oracle Preinstallation RPM is not required, but
Oracle recommends you use it to save time in setting up your cluster servers.
When installed, the Oracle Preinstallation RPM does the following:
• Automatically downloads and installs any additional RPM packages needed for
installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure and Oracle Database, and resolves any
dependencies
• Creates an oracle user, and creates the oraInventory (oinstall) and OSDBA
(dba) groups for that user
• As needed, sets sysctl.conf settings, system startup parameters, and driver
parameters to values based on recommendations from the Oracle Preinstallation
RPM program
• Sets hard and soft resource limits
• Sets other recommended parameters, depending on your kernel version
• Sets numa=off in the kernel for Linux x86_64 machines.
Note:
The Oracle Preinstallation RPM does not install OpenSSH, which is required
for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. If you perform a minimal Linux
installation and install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM for your release, then
you must also install the OpenSSH client manually. Using RSH is no longer
supported.
To become an Oracle Linux Network customer, contact your sales representative or

purchase a license from the Oracle Linux store:
https://shop.oracle.com/product/oraclelinux
4-5
Chapter 4
To register your server on the Unbreakable Linux Network, or to find out more
information, see the following URL:
If you are using Oracle Linux 5.2 or a higher release, then the Oracle Preinstallation
RPM is included on the install media.
Note:
The Oracle Preinstallation RPM designated for each Oracle Database
release sets kernel parameters and resource limits only for the user account
oracle. To use multiple software account owners, you must perform system
configuration for other accounts manually.
Related Topics
Restrictions for HugePages and Transparent HugePages

Configurations
Review the HugePages and Transparent HugePages guidelines discussed in this
section.
Oracle recommends that you disable Transparent HugePages, because they may
cause delays in accessing memory that can result in node restarts in Oracle RAC
environments, or performance issues or delays for Oracle Database single instances.
Oracle continues to recommend using standard HugePages for Linux.
Transparent HugePages memory is enabled by default with Oracle Linux 6 and later,
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and later, SUSE 11 and later, kernels.
Transparent Hugepages are similar to standard HugePages. However, while standard
HugePages allocate memory at startup, Transparent Hugepages memory uses the
khugepaged thread in the kernel to allocate memory dynamically during runtime, using
swappable HugePages.
HugePages allocates non-swappable memory for large page tables using memory-
mapped files. HugePages are not enabled by default. If you enable HugePages, then
you should deduct the memory allocated to HugePages from the available RAM before
calculating swap space. Refer to your distribution documentation and to Oracle
Technology Network and My Oracle Support for more information.
During Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, the Grid Infrastructure Management
Repository (GIMR) is configured to use HugePages. Because the Grid Infrastructure
Management Repository database starts before all other databases installed on the
cluster, if the space allocated to HugePages is insufficient, then the System Global
Area (SGA) of one or more databases may be mapped to regular pages, instead of
Hugepages, which can adversely affect performance. Configure the HugePages
memory allocation to a size large enough to accommodate the sum of the SGA sizes
4-6
Chapter 4
Reviewing Operating System and Software Upgrade Best Practices
of all the databases you intend to install on the cluster, as well as the Grid
Infrastructure Management Repository.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Administrator's Reference for Linux and UNIX-Based Operating
Systems
Reviewing Operating System and Software Upgrade Best

Practices
These topics provide general planning guidelines and platform-specific information
about upgrades and migration.
• General Upgrade Best Practices
Be aware of these guidelines as a best practice before you perform an upgrade.
• New Server Operating System Upgrade Option
You can upgrade your operating system by installing a new operating system on a
server, and then migrating your database either manually, or by using Export/
Import method.
• Oracle ASM Upgrade Notifications
Understand Oracle ASM upgrade options and restrictions.
General Upgrade Best Practices

Be aware of these guidelines as a best practice before you perform an upgrade.
If you have an existing Oracle Database installation, then do the following:
• Record the version numbers, patches, and other configuration information
• Review upgrade procedures for your existing installation
• Review Oracle Database upgrade documentation before proceeding with
installation, to decide how you want to proceed
Caution:
Always create a backup of existing databases before starting any
configuration change.
Refer to Oracle Database Upgrade Guide for more information about required
software updates, pre-upgrade tasks, post-upgrade tasks, compatibility, and
interoperability between different releases.
Related Topics
4-7
Chapter 4
Reviewing Operating System and Software Upgrade Best Practices
New Server Operating System Upgrade Option

You can upgrade your operating system by installing a new operating system on a
server, and then migrating your database either manually, or by using Export/Import
method.
Note:
Confirm that the server operating system is supported, and that kernel and
package requirements for the operating system meet or exceed the minimum
requirements for the Oracle Database release to which you want to migrate.
Manual, Command-Line Copy for Migrating Data and Upgrading Oracle Database
You can copy files to the new server and upgrade it manually. If you use this
procedure, then you cannot use Oracle Database Upgrade Assistant. However, you
can revert to your existing database if you encounter upgrade issues.
1. Copy the database files from the computer running the previous operating system
to the one running the new operating system.
2. Re-create the control files on the computer running the new operating system.
3. Manually upgrade the database using command-line scripts and utilities.
See Also:
Oracle Database Upgrade Guide to review the procedure for upgrading the
database manually, and to evaluate the risks and benefits of this option
Export/Import Method for Migrating Data and Upgrading Oracle Database

You can install the operating system on the new server, install the new Oracle
Database release on the new server, and then use Oracle Data Pump Export and
Import utilities to migrate a copy of data from your current database to a new database
in the new release. Data Pump Export and Import are recommended for higher
performance and to ensure support for new data types.
See Also:
Oracle Database Upgrade Guide to review the Export/Import method for
migrating data and upgrading Oracle Database
Oracle ASM Upgrade Notifications

Understand Oracle ASM upgrade options and restrictions.
4-8
Chapter 4
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices
• You can upgrade Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) 11g
release 2 (11.2) and later without shutting down an Oracle RAC database by
performing a rolling upgrade either of individual nodes, or of a set of nodes in the
cluster. However, if you have a standalone database on a cluster that uses Oracle
ASM, then you must shut down the standalone database before upgrading.
• The location of the Oracle ASM home changed in Oracle Grid Infrastructure 11g
release 2 (11.2) so that Oracle ASM is installed with Oracle Clusterware in the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure home (Grid home).
• Two nodes of different releases cannot run in the cluster. When upgrading from
Oracle Grid Infrastructure 11g release 2 (11.2) or Oracle Grid Infrastructure 12c
release 1 (12.1) to a later release, if there is an outage during the rolling upgrade,
then when you restart the upgrade, ensure that you start the earlier release of
Oracle Grid Infrastructure and bring the Oracle ASM cluster back in the rolling
migration mode.
Reviewing Operating System Security Common Practices

Secure operating systems are an important basis for general system security.
Ensure that your operating system deployment is in compliance with common security
practices as described in your operating system vendor security guide.
About Installation Fixup Scripts

Oracle Universal Installer detects when the minimum requirements for an installation
are not met, and creates shell scripts, called fixup scripts, to finish incomplete system
configuration steps.
If Oracle Universal Installer detects an incomplete task, then it generates fixup scripts
(runfixup.sh). You can run the fixup script and click Fix and Check Again. The fixup
script modifies both persistent parameter settings and parameters in memory, so you
do not have to restart the system.
The Fixup script does the following tasks:
• Sets kernel parameters, if necessary, to values required for successful installation,
including:
– Shared memory parameters.
– Open file descriptor and UDP send/receive parameters.
• Creates and sets permissions on the Oracle Inventory (central inventory) directory.
• Creates or reconfigures primary and secondary group memberships for the
installation owner, if necessary, for the Oracle Inventory directory and the
operating system privileges groups.
• Sets shell limits, if necessary, to required values.
4-9
Chapter 4
About Operating System Requirements
Note:
Using fixup scripts does not ensure that all the prerequisites for installing
Oracle Database are met. You must still verify that all the preinstallation
requirements are met to ensure a successful installation.
Oracle Universal Installer is fully integrated with Cluster Verification Utility (CVU)
automating many prerequisite checks for your Oracle Grid Infrastructure or Oracle
Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) installation. You can also manually perform
various CVU verifications by running the cluvfy command.
Related Topics
• Completing Preinstallation Tasks Manually
You can complete the preinstallation configuration tasks manually.
• Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation
Use this table to set parameters manually if you cannot use the fixup scripts.
About Operating System Requirements

Depending on the products that you intend to install, verify that you have the required
operating system kernel and packages installed.
Requirements listed in this document are current as of the date listed on the title page.
To obtain the most current information about kernel requirements, see the online
version at the following URL:
http://docs.oracle.com
Oracle Universal Installer performs checks on your system to verify that it meets the
listed operating system package requirements. To ensure that these checks complete
successfully, verify the requirements before you start OUI.
Note:
Oracle does not support running different operating system versions on
cluster members, unless an operating system is being upgraded. You cannot
run different operating system version binaries on members of the same
cluster, even if each operating system is supported.
Using Oracle RPM Checker on IBM: Linux on System z

Use the Oracle RPM Checker utility to verify that you have the required Red Hat
Enterprise Linux or SUSE packages installed on the operating system before you start
the Oracle Database or Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
Download the Oracle RPM Checker utility from the link in the My Oracle Support note
2553465.1:
4-10
Chapter 4
Operating System Requirements for x86-64 Linux Platforms
Download the Oracle RPM Checker utility for your IBM: Linux on System z distribution,
unzip the RPM, and install the RPM as root. Then, run the utility as root to check
your operating system packages. For example:
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:
# rpm -ivh ora-val-rpm-RH7-DB-19c.s390x.rpm
On SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12:
# rpm -ivh ora-val-rpm-S12-DB-19c.s390x.rpm
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the utility checks and also installs all required RPMs. For
example:
On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7:
# yum install ora-val-rpm-RH7-DB-19c.s390x.rpm
To remove the Oracle RPM Checker utility:

On Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7
# rpm -e ora-val-rpm-RH7-DB-19c.s390x
On SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12:
# rpm -e ora-val-rpm-S12-DB-19c.s390x

release on x86-64.
Identify the requirements for your Linux distribution, and ensure that you have a
supported kernel and required packages installed before starting installation.
4-11
Chapter 4
Note:
• The Oracle Database installation requires an X Window System (for

example, libx). The libx packages are part of a default Linux
installation. If you perform an installation on a system with a reduced set
of packages, then you must ensure that libx or a similar X Window
System package is installed.
• The Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel for Oracle Linux can be installed on
x86-64 servers running either Oracle Linux or Red Hat Enterprise Linux.
As of Oracle Linux 5 Update 6, the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel is the
default system kernel. An x86 (32-bit) release of Oracle Linux including
the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel is available with Oracle Linux 5
update 7 and later.
• 32-bit packages in these requirements lists are needed only if you intend
to use 32-bit client applications to access 64-bit servers.
• Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2) and later does not require the
compiler packages gcc and gcc-c++ on for Oracle Database or Oracle
Grid Infrastructure installations.
The platform-specific hardware and software requirements included in this guide were
current when this guide was published. However, because new platforms and
operating system software versions may be certified after this guide is published,
review the certification matrix on the My Oracle Support website for the most up-to-
date list of certified hardware platforms and operating system versions:
• Supported Oracle Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64
Use the following information to check supported Oracle Linux 7 distributions:
• Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64
Use the following information to check supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7
distributions:
• Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for x86-64
Use the following information to check supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
12 distributions:
• Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Distributions for x86-64
15 distributions:
• Installing Operating System Packages
Learn how to install the latest version of your Oracle Linux and SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server operating system packages listed earlier.
Supported Oracle Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64

Use the following information to check supported Oracle Linux 7 distributions:
4-12
Chapter 4
Table 4-1 x86-64 Oracle Linux 7 Minimum Operating System Requirements
Item Requirements
SSH Requirement Ensure that OpenSSH is installed on your servers. OpenSSH is the
required SSH software.
Oracle Linux 7 Subscribe to the Oracle Linux 7 channel on the Unbreakable Linux
Network, or configure a yum repository from the Oracle Linux yum
server website, and then install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM. This
RPM installs all required kernel packages for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
and Oracle Database installations, and performs other system
configuration.
Supported distributions:
• Oracle Linux 7.4 with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel 4:
4.1.12-124.19.2.el7uek.x86_64 or later
• Oracle Linux 7.4 with the Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel 5:
4.14.35-1818.1.6.el7uek.x86_64 or later
• Oracle Linux 7.5 with the Red Hat Compatible kernel:
3.10.0-862.11.6.el7.x86_64 or later
4-13
Chapter 4
Table 4-1 (Cont.) x86-64 Oracle Linux 7 Minimum Operating System

Requirements
Item Requirements
Packages for Oracle Install the latest released versions of the following packages:
Linux 7
bc
binutils
compat-libcap1
compat-libstdc++
elfutils-libelf
elfutils-libelf-devel
fontconfig-devel
glibc
glibc-devel
ksh
libaio
libaio-devel
libXrender
libXrender-devel
libX11
libXau
libXi
libXtst
libgcc
libstdc++
libstdc++-devel
libxcb
make
net-tools (for Oracle RAC and Oracle Clusterware)
nfs-utils (for Oracle ACFS)
python (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-configshell (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-rtslib (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-six (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
targetcli (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
smartmontools
sysstat
Note:
If you intend to use 32-bit client
applications to access 64-bit servers,
then you must also install (where
available) the latest 32-bit versions of the
packages listed in this table.
4-14
Chapter 4
Table 4-1 (Cont.) x86-64 Oracle Linux 7 Minimum Operating System

Requirements
Item Requirements
KVM virtualization Kernel-based virtual machine (KVM), also known as KVM
virtualization, is certified on Oracle Database 19c for all supported
Oracle Linux 7 distributions. For more information on supported
virtualization technologies for Oracle Database, refer to the
virtualization matrix:
https://www.oracle.com/database/technologies/virtualization-
matrix.html
Related Topics
Related Topics
Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for x86-64

distributions:
Table 4-2 x86-64 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating System
Requirements
Item Requirements
Red Hat Enterprise Supported distributions:
Linux 7 • Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5: 3.10.0-862.11.6.el7.x86_64 or later
4-15
Chapter 4
Table 4-2 (Cont.) x86-64 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating
System Requirements
Item Requirements
Packages for Red Hat Install the latest released versions of the following packages:
Enterprise Linux 7
bc
binutils
compat-libcap1
compat-libstdc++
elfutils-libelf
elfutils-libelf-devel
fontconfig-devel
glibc
glibc-devel
ksh
libaio
libaio-devel
libX11
libXau
libXi
libXtst
libXrender
libXrender-devel
libgcc
libstdc++
libstdc++-devel
libxcb
make
nfs-utils (for Oracle ACFS)
python (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-configshell (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-rtslib (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
python-six (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
targetcli (for Oracle ACFS Remote)
smartmontools
sysstat
Note:
4-16
Chapter 4
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for x86-64

Use the following information to check supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12
distributions:
Table 4-3 x86-64 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Minimum Operating System
Requirements
Item Requirements
SUSE Linux Supported distributions:
Enterprise Server SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3: 4.4.162-94.72-default or later
or later
4-17
Chapter 4
Table 4-3 (Cont.) x86-64 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Minimum Operating
System Requirements
Item Requirements
Package requirements Install the latest released versions of the following packages:
for SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server 12 bc
binutils
glibc
glibc-devel
libX11
libXau6
libXtst6
libcap-ng-utils
libcap-ng0
libcap-progs
libcap1
libcap2
libelf-devel
libgcc_s1
libjpeg-turbo
libjpeg62
libjpeg62-turbo
libpcap1
libpcre1
libpcre16-0
libpng16-16
libstdc++6
libtiff5
libaio-devel
libaio1
libXrender1
make
mksh
nfs-kernel-server ( for Oracle ACFS)
pixz
rdma-core
rdma-core-devel
smartmontools
sysstat
xorg-x11-libs
xz
Note:
4-18
Chapter 4
Related Topics
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Distributions for x86-64

distributions:
Table 4-4 x86-64 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 Minimum Operating System
Requirements
Item Requirements
SUSE Linux Supported distributions:
Enterprise Server SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15: 4.12.14-23-default or later
4-19
Chapter 4
System Requirements
Item Requirements
Package requirements Install the latest released versions of the following packages:
for SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server 15 bc
binutils
glibc
glibc-devel
libaio-devel
libaio1
libX11
libXau6
libXext-devel
libXext6
libXi-devel
libXi6
libXrender-devel
libXrender1
libXtst6
libcap-ng-utils
libcap-ng0
libcap-progs
libcap1
libcap2
libelf1
libgcc_s1
libjpeg-turbo
libjpeg62
libjpeg62-turbo
libjpeg8
libpcap1
libpcre1
libpcre16-0
libpng16-16
libstdc++6
libtiff5
libgfortran4
mksh
make
nfs-kernel-server (for Oracle ACFS)
pixz
rdma-core
rdma-core-devel
smartmontools
sysstat
xorg-x11-libs
xz
4-20
Chapter 4
Operating System Requirements for IBM: Linux on System z
System Requirements
Item Requirements
Note:
Patches and Known • For a list of latest Release Updates (RU) and Release Update
Issues Revisions (RUR) patches for SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15,
visit My Oracle Support
• For a list of known issues and open bugs for SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server 15, read the Oracle Database Release Notes
Installing Operating System Packages

Learn how to install the latest version of your Oracle Linux and SUSE Linux Enterprise
Server operating system packages listed earlier.
You must install the latest version of your operating system packages from the
respective operating system vendor repository by using a package manager like YUM
or YaST depending on your operating system.
Ensure that the appropriate channel or repository is enabled to include these

packages.
For example:
On Oracle Linux or Red Hat Enterprise Linux, to install the latest bc package using
YUM, run the following command:
$ yum install bc
On SUSE Linux Enterprise Server, to install the latest bc package using YaST, run the
following command:
$ yast --install bc

release on IBM: Linux on System z.
Identify the requirements for your IBM: Linux on System z distribution, and ensure that
you have a supported kernel and required packages installed before starting
installation.
4-21
Chapter 4
Note:
32-bit packages in these requirements lists are needed only if you intend to
use 32-bit client applications to access 64-bit servers.
The platform-specific hardware and software requirements included in this guide were
current when this guide was published. However, because new platforms and
operating system software versions may be certified after this guide is published,
review the certification matrix on the My Oracle Support website for the most up-to-
date list of certified hardware platforms and operating system versions:
• Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for IBM: Linux on System z
distributions:
• Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for IBM: Linux on
System z
12 distributions:
Supported Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Distributions for IBM: Linux on

System z
distributions:
Table 4-5 Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating System

Requirements
Item Requirements
Red Hat Enterprise Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.4: 3.10.0-693.el7.s390x or later
Linux 7
4-22
Chapter 4
Table 4-5 (Cont.) Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 Minimum Operating System
Requirements
Item Requirements
Packages for Red Hat The following packages (or later versions) must be installed:
Enterprise Linux 7
binutils-2.25.1-31.base.el7 (s390x)
compat-libcap1-1.10-7.el7 (s390x)
gcc-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
gcc-c++-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
glibc-2.17-196.el7 (s390)
glibc-2.17-196.el7 (s390x)
glibc-devel-2.17-196.el7 (s390)
glibc-devel-2.17-196.el7 (s390x)
ksh-20120801-34.el7 (s390x)
libX11-1.6.5-1.el7 (s390)
libX11-1.6.5-1.el7 (s390x)
libXaw-1.0.13-4.el7 (s390x)
libXft-2.3.2-2.el7 (s390)
libXi-1.7.9-1.el7 (s390)
libXi-1.7.9-1.el7 (s390x)
libXmu-1.1.2-2.el7 (s390)
libXp-1.0.2-2.1.el7 (s390)
libXtst-1.2.3-1.el7 (s390)
libXtst-1.2.3-1.el7 (s390x)
libaio-0.3.109-13.el7 (s390)
libaio-0.3.109-13.el7 (s390x)
libaio-devel-0.3.109-13.el7 (s390x)
libattr-devel-2.4.46-12.el7 (s390)
libattr-devel-2.4.46-12.el7 (s390x)
libgcc-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390)
libgcc-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
libgfortran-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
libstdc++-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
libstdc++-devel-4.8.5-16.el7 (s390x)
make-3.82-23.el7 (s390x)
pam-1.1.8-18.el7 (s390x)
pam-devel-1.1.8-18.el7 (s390x)
sysstat-10.1.5-12.el7 (s390x)
Supported SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Distributions for IBM:

Linux on System z
distributions:
4-23
Chapter 4
Additional Drivers and Software Packages for Linux
Table 4-6 SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 Minimum Operating System

Requirements
Item Requirements
SUSE Linux SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12: 4.4.73-5-default s390x or later
Enterprise Server 12
Packages for SUSE The following packages (or later versions) must be installed:
Linux Enterprise
Server 12 binutils-2.26.1-9.12.1 (s390x)
gcc-4.8-6.189 (s390x)
gcc-c++-4.8-6.189 (s390x)
glibc-2.22-61.3 (s390x)
glibc-2.22-61.3 (s390)
glibc-devel-2.22-61.3 (s390x)
glibc-devel-2.22-61.3 (s390)
libaio-devel-0.3.109-17.15 (s390x)
libaio1-0.3.109-17.15 (s390x)
libaio1-0.3.109-17.15 (s390)
libX11-6-1.6.2-11.1 (s390x)
libXau6-1.0.8-4.58 (s390x)
libXau6-1.0.8-4.58 (s390x)
libXaw7-1.0.12-4.1 (s390x)
libXext6-1.3.2-3.61 (s390x)
libXext6-1.3.2-3.61 (s390)
libXft2-2.3.1-9.32 (s390x)
libXft2-2.3.1-9.32 (s390)
libXi6-1.7.4-17.1 (s390x)
libXi6-1.7.4-17.1 (s390)
libXmu6-1.1.2-3.60 (s390x)
libXp6-1.0.2-3.58 (s390x)
libXp6-1.0.2-3.58 (s390)
libXtst6-1.2.2-7.1 (s390x)
libXtst6-1.2.2-7.1 (s390)
libcap2-2.22-13.1 (s390x)
libstdc++48-devel-4.8.5-30.1 (s390)
libstdc++48-devel-4.8.5-30.1 (s390x)
libstdc++6-6.2.1+r239768-2.4 (s390)
libstdc++6-6.2.1+r239768-2.4 (s390x)
libxcb1-1.10-3.1 (s390x)
libxcb1-1.10-3.1 (s390)
libXmu6-1.1.2-3.60 (s390x)
mksh-50-2.13 (s390x)
make-4.0-4.1 (s390x)

Information about optional drivers and software packages.
You are not required to install additional drivers and packages, but you may choose to
install or configure these drivers and packages.
4-24
Chapter 4
• Installing PAM for Login Authentication on Linux

Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) is a system of libraries that handle user
authentication tasks for applications.
• Installation Requirements for OCFS2
Review the following sections to install OCFS2.
• Installing Oracle Messaging Gateway
Oracle Messaging Gateway is installed with Enterprise Edition of Oracle
Database. However, you may require a CSD or Fix Packs.
• Installation Requirements for ODBC and LDAP
Review these topics to install Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) and
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP).
• Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux
Review the following section to install programming environments:
• Installation Requirements for Web Browsers
Web browsers are required only if you intend to use Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express and Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control. Web browsers
must support JavaScript, and the HTML 4.0 and CSS 1.0 standards.
Installing PAM for Login Authentication on Linux

Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) is a system of libraries that handle user
authentication tasks for applications.
On Linux, external scheduler jobs require PAM. Oracle strongly recommends that you
install the latest Linux-PAM library for your Linux distribution.
Use a package management system (yum, up2date, YaST) for your distribution to install
the latest pam (Pluggable Authentication Modules for Linux) library.
Installation Requirements for OCFS2

Review the following sections to install OCFS2.
• About OCFS2 and Shared Storage
You can use Oracle Cluster File System 2 (OCFS2) with Oracle Grid
Infrastructure. However, you are not required to use OCFS2.
• Installing OCFS2
An OCFS2 installation consists of two parts, the kernel module and the tools
module.
About OCFS2 and Shared Storage

You can use Oracle Cluster File System 2 (OCFS2) with Oracle Grid Infrastructure.
However, you are not required to use OCFS2.
OCFS2 is a POSIX-compliant general purpose shared disk cluster file system for
Linux. OCFS2 is supported for this release only with Oracle Linux 7.
4-25
Chapter 4
Installing OCFS2
An OCFS2 installation consists of two parts, the kernel module and the tools module.
The supported version of the OCFS2 kernel module depends on the version of
Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel available with Oracle Linux 7. Run the following
command to install the latest version of the OCFS2 kernel module:
# yum install kernel-uek ocfs2
OCFS2 Release 1.8.6–9 is the supported version of OCFS2 tools module for this
release. After you install the OCFS2 kernel module, run the following command, to
install the OCFS2 tools module:
# yum install ocfs2–tools-1.8.6–9
Note:
Each cluster node should run the same version of OCFS2 modules and a
compatible version of Unbreakable Enterprise Kernel.
https://oss.oracle.com/projects/ocfs2/
Installing Oracle Messaging Gateway

Oracle Messaging Gateway is installed with Enterprise Edition of Oracle Database.
However, you may require a CSD or Fix Packs.
If you require a CSD or Fix Packs for IBM WebSphere MQ, then see the following
website for more information:
https://www.ibm.com/support/
Note:
Oracle Messaging Gateway does not support the integration of Advanced
Queuing with TIBCO Rendezvous on IBM: Linux on System z.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Advanced Queuing User's Guide
Installation Requirements for ODBC and LDAP

Review these topics to install Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) and Lightweight
Directory Access Protocol (LDAP).
• About ODBC Drivers and Oracle Database
Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a set of database access APIs that
connect to the database, prepare, and then run SQL statements on the database.
4-26
Chapter 4
• Installing ODBC Drivers for Linux x86-64

If you intend to use ODBC, then install the most recent ODBC Driver Manager for
Linux.
• About LDAP and Oracle Plug-ins
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application protocol for
accessing and maintaining distributed directory information services over IP
networks.
• Installing the LDAP Package
LDAP is included in a default Linux operating system installation.
About ODBC Drivers and Oracle Database

Open Database Connectivity (ODBC) is a set of database access APIs that connect to
the database, prepare, and then run SQL statements on the database.
An application that uses an ODBC driver can access non-uniform data sources, such
as spreadsheets and comma-delimited files.
Installing ODBC Drivers for Linux x86-64

If you intend to use ODBC, then install the most recent ODBC Driver Manager for
Linux.
Download and install the ODBC Driver Manager and Linux RPMs from the following
website:
http://www.unixodbc.org
Review the minimum supported ODBC driver releases, and install ODBC drivers of the
following or later releases for all Linux distributions:
unixODBC-2.3.4 or later
About LDAP and Oracle Plug-ins

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP) is an application protocol for accessing
and maintaining distributed directory information services over IP networks.
You require the LDAP package if you want to use features requiring LDAP, including
the Oracle Database scripts odisrvreg and oidca for Oracle Internet Directory, or
schemasync for third-party LDAP directories.
Installing the LDAP Package

LDAP is included in a default Linux operating system installation.
If you did not perform a default Linux installation, and you intend to use Oracle scripts
requiring LDAP, then use a package management system (up2date, YaST) for your
distribution to install a supported LDAP package for your distribution, and install any
other required packages for that LDAP package.
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux

Review the following section to install programming environments:
4-27
Chapter 4
• Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux x86-64

Ensure that your system meets the requirements for the programming
environment you want to configure:
• Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for IBM: Linux on
System z
Ensure that your system meets the requirements for the programming
environment you want to configure:
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux x86-64

Ensure that your system meets the requirements for the programming environment
you want to configure:
Table 4-7 Requirements for Programming Environments for Linux X86–64
Programming Environments Support Requirements

Java Database Connectivity JDK 8 (Java SE Development Kit) with the JNDI extension
(JDBC) / JDBC Oracle Call with Oracle Java Database Connectivity.
Interface (JDBC OCI)
Oracle Call Interface (OCI) Intel C/C++ Compiler 17.0.2.174 or later, or the GNU C and
Oracle C++ Call Interface C++ compilers listed in this table.
Pro*C/C++ Oracle C++ Call Interface (OCCI) applications can be built
with g++ and Intel C++ Compiler 17.0.2.174 used with the
standard template libraries of the gcc compilers listed in
this table.
gcc compiler packages Install the latest released versions of the gcc packages
listed here.
gcc
gcc-c++
gcc-info
gcc-locale
gcc48
gcc48-info
gcc48-locale
gcc48-c++
Note:
If you intend to use 32-bit
client applications to access
64-bit servers, then you must
also install the latest 32-bit
versions of the packages
listed in this table.
Oracle XML Developer's Kit Oracle XML Developer's Kit is supported with the same
(XDK) compilers as OCCI.
Pro*COBOL Micro Focus Visual COBOL for Eclipse 2.3 - Update 2
4-28
Chapter 4
Checking Kernel and Package Requirements for Linux
Installation Requirements for Programming Environments for IBM: Linux on

System z
Ensure that your system meets the requirements for the programming environment
you want to configure:
Table 4-8 Requirements for Programming Environments for IBM: Linux on

System z
Programming Environments Support Requirements

Java Database Connectivity JDK 8 (Java SE Development Kit) with the JNDI extension
(JDBC) / Oracle Call Interface with Oracle Java Database Connectivity.
(OCI)
Pro*COBOL Micro Focus Server Express 5.1
Micro Focus Visual COBOL Development Hub 2.3 - Update
2
Installation Requirements for Web Browsers

Web browsers are required only if you intend to use Oracle Enterprise Manager
Database Express and Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control. Web browsers must
support JavaScript, and the HTML 4.0 and CSS 1.0 standards.
Related Topics
• Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control Basic Installation Guide
Checking Kernel and Package Requirements for Linux

Verify your kernel and packages to see if they meet minimum requirements for
installation.
1. To determine the distribution and version of Linux installed, enter one of the
following commands:
# cat /etc/oracle-release
# cat /etc/redhat-release
# cat /etc/SuSE-release
# lsb_release -id
2. To determine if the required kernel errata is installed, enter the following

command:
# uname -r
The following is an example of the output this command displays on an Oracle

Linux 7 system:
4.1.12-112.16.7.el7uek.x86_64
4-29
Chapter 4
Installing the cvuqdisk RPM for Linux
Review the required errata level for your distribution. If the errata level is previous
to the required minimum errata update, then obtain and install the latest kernel
update from your Linux distributor.
3. To determine whether the required packages are installed, enter commands
similar to the following:
# rpm -q package_name
Alternatively, if you require specific system architecture information, then enter the
following command:
# rpm -qa --queryformat "%{NAME}-%{VERSION}-%{RELEASE} (%{ARCH})\n" |
grep package_name
You can also combine a query for multiple packages, and review the output for the
correct versions. For example:
# rpm -q binutils compat-libstdc++ gcc glibc libaio libgcc libstdc++ \

make sysstat unixodbc
If a package is not installed, then install it from your Linux distribution media or
download the required package version from your Linux distributor's website.
Installing the cvuqdisk RPM for Linux

If you do not use an Oracle Preinstallation RPM, and you want to use the Cluster
Verification Utility, then you must install the cvuqdisk RPM.
Without cvuqdisk, Cluster Verification Utility cannot discover shared disks, and you
receive the error message "Package cvuqdisk not installed" when you run Cluster
Verification Utility. Use the cvuqdisk RPM for your hardware (for example, x86_64).
1. Locate the cvuqdisk RPM package, which is located in the directory
Grid_home/cv/rpm. Where Grid_home is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home
directory.
2. Copy the cvuqdisk package to each node on the cluster. You should ensure that
each node is running the same version of Linux.
3. Log in as root.
4. Use the following command to find if you have an existing version of the cvuqdisk
package:
# rpm -qi cvuqdisk
If you have an existing version of cvuqdisk, then enter the following command to
deinstall the existing version:
# rpm -e cvuqdisk
5. Set the environment variable CVUQDISK_GRP to point to the group that owns
cvuqdisk, typically oinstall. For example:
# CVUQDISK_GRP=oinstall; export CVUQDISK_GRP
4-30
Chapter 4
Confirming Host Name Resolution
6. In the directory where you have saved the cvuqdisk RPM, use the command rpm
-iv package to install the cvuqdisk package. For example:
# rpm -iv cvuqdisk-1.0.10-1.rpm
Confirming Host Name Resolution

Check to ensure that the host name for your server is resolvable.
Typically, the computer on which you want to install Oracle Database is connected to a
network. Ensure that the computer host name is resolvable, either through a Domain
Name System (DNS), a network information service (NIS), or a centrally-maintained
TCP/IP host file, such as /etc/hosts. Use the ping command to ensure that your
computer host name is resolvable. For example:
ping myhostname
pinging myhostname.example.com [192.0.2.2] with 32 bytes of data:
Reply from 192.0.2.2: bytes=32 time=138ms TTL=56
Related Topics
• Configuring Networks for Oracle Database
If you install Oracle Databases on servers with multiple Oracle homes, multiple
aliases, or without a static IP address, then review these network configuration
topics.
Disabling Transparent HugePages

installation.
Transparent HugePages memory differs from standard HugePages memory because
the kernel khugepaged thread allocates memory dynamically during runtime. Standard
HugePages memory is pre-allocated at startup, and does not change during runtime.
Note:
Although Transparent HugePages is disabled on UEK2 and later UEK
kernels, Transparent HugePages may be enabled by default on your Linux
system.
Transparent HugePages memory is enabled by default with Oracle Linux 6 and later,
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 6 and later, SUSE 11 and later, kernels.
Transparent HugePages can cause memory allocation delays during runtime. To avoid
performance issues, Oracle recommends that you disable Transparent HugePages on
all Oracle Database servers. Oracle recommends that you instead use standard
HugePages for enhanced performance.
To check if Transparent HugePages is enabled, run one of the following commands as
the root user:
4-31
Chapter 4
Disabling Transparent HugePages
Red Hat Enterprise Linux kernels:
# cat /sys/kernel/mm/redhat_transparent_hugepage/enabled
Other kernels:
# cat /sys/kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage/enabled
The following is a sample output that shows Transparent HugePages are being used
as the [always] flag is enabled.
[always] never
Note:
If Transparent HugePages is removed from the kernel, then neither /sys/
kernel/mm/transparent_hugepage nor /sys/kernel/mm/
redhat_transparent_hugepage files exist.
To disable Transparent HugePages:

1. For Oracle Linux 7 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7, add or modify the
transparent_hugepage=never parameter in the /etc/default/grub file:
transparent_hugepage=never
For example:
RUB_TIMEOUT=5
GRUB_DISTRIBUTOR="$(sed 's, release .*$,,g' /etc/system-release)"
GRUB_DEFAULT=saved
GRUB_DISABLE_SUBMENU=true
GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT="console"
GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX="crashkernel=auto rhgb quiet numa=off
transparent_hugepage=never"
GRUB_DISABLE_RECOVERY="true"
Note:
The file name may vary for your operating systems. Check your
operating system documentation for the exact file name and the steps to
disable Transparent HugePages.
2. Run the grub2–mkconfig command to regenerate the grub.cfg file.
# grub2-mkconfig -o /boot/grub2/grub.cfg
3. Restart the system to make the changes permanent.
4-32
Chapter 4
Using Automatic SSH Configuration During Installation
Using Automatic SSH Configuration During Installation

To install Oracle software, configure secure shell (SSH) connectivity between all
cluster member nodes.
Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) uses the ssh and scp commands during installation to
run remote commands on and copy files to the other cluster nodes. You must
configure SSH so that these commands do not prompt for a password.
Note:
Oracle configuration assistants use SSH for configuration operations from
local to remote nodes. Oracle Enterprise Manager also uses SSH. RSH is no
longer supported.
You can configure SSH from the OUI interface during installation for the user account
running the installation. The automatic configuration creates passwordless SSH
connectivity between all cluster member nodes. Oracle recommends that you use the
automatic procedure if possible.
To enable the script to run, you must remove stty commands from the profiles of any
existing Oracle software installation owners you want to use, and remove other
security measures that are triggered during a login, and that generate messages to the
terminal. These messages, mail checks, and other displays prevent Oracle software
installation owners from using the SSH configuration script that is built into OUI. If they
are not disabled, then SSH must be configured manually before an installation can be
run.
In rare cases, Oracle Clusterware installation can fail during the "AttachHome"
operation when the remote node closes the SSH connection. To avoid this problem,
set the timeout wait to unlimited by setting the following parameter in the SSH daemon
configuration file /etc/ssh/sshd_config on all cluster nodes:
LoginGraceTime 0
Related Topics
• Preventing Installation Errors Caused by Terminal Output Commands
During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, OUI uses SSH to run commands
and copy files to the other nodes. During the installation, hidden files on the
system (for example, .bashrc or .cshrc) can cause makefile and other
installation errors if they contain terminal output commands.
Verifying the Disk I/O Scheduler on Linux

For best performance for Oracle ASM, Oracle recommends that you use the Deadline
I/O Scheduler.
Disk I/O schedulers reorder, delay, or merge requests for disk I/O to achieve better
throughput and lower latency. Linux has multiple disk I/O schedulers available,
including Deadline, Noop, Anticipatory, and Completely Fair Queuing (CFQ).
4-33
Chapter 4
Verifying the Disk I/O Scheduler on Linux
On each cluster node, enter the following command to verify that the Deadline disk I/O
scheduler is configured for use:
# cat /sys/block/${ASM_DISK}/queue/scheduler
noop [deadline] cfq
In this example, the default disk I/O scheduler is Deadline and ASM_DISK is the Oracle
Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) disk device.
On some virtual environments (VM) and special devices such as fast storage devices,
the output of the above command may be none. The operating system or VM
bypasses the kernel I/O scheduling and submits all I/O requests directly to the device.
Do not change the I/O Scheduler settings on such environments.
If the default disk I/O scheduler is not Deadline, then set it using a rules file:
1. Using a text editor, create a UDEV rules file for the Oracle ASM devices:
# vi /etc/udev/rules.d/60-oracle-schedulers.rules
2. Add the following line to the rules file and save it:
ACTION=="add|change", KERNEL=="sd[a-z]", ATTR{queue/rotational}=="0",

ATTR{queue/scheduler}="deadline"
3. On clustered systems, copy the rules file to all other nodes on the cluster. For
example:
$ scp 60-oracle-schedulers.rules root@node2:/etc/udev/rules.d/
4. Load the rules file and restart the UDEV service. For example:
a. Oracle Linux and Red Hat Enterprise Linux
# udevadm control --reload-rules
b. SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
# /etc/init.d boot.udev restart
5. Verify that the disk I/O scheduler is set as Deadline.
4-34
5
Configuring Users, Groups and
Environments for Oracle Grid Infrastructure
and Oracle Database
environments.
• Required Operating System Groups and Users
Oracle software installations require an installation owner, an Oracle Inventory
group, which is the primary group of all Oracle installation owners, and at least one
group designated as a system privileges group.
• Oracle Installations with Standard and Job Role Separation Groups and Users
A job role separation configuration of Oracle Database and Oracle ASM is a
configuration with groups and users to provide separate groups for operating
system authentication.
• Creating Operating System Privileges Groups
The following sections describe how to create operating system groups for Oracle
Grid Infrastructure and Oracle Database:
• Creating Operating System Oracle Installation User Accounts
Before starting installation, create Oracle software owner user accounts, and
configure their environments.
• Creating Oracle Database Vault User Accounts
If you intend to use Oracle Database Vault by default, then you must create an
Oracle Database Vault user account, and configure that user.
• Unsetting Oracle Installation Owner Environment Variables
Unset Oracle installation owner environment variables before you start the
installation.
Required Operating System Groups and Users

Oracle software installations require an installation owner, an Oracle Inventory group,
which is the primary group of all Oracle installation owners, and at least one group
designated as a system privileges group.
Review group and user options with your system administrator. If you have system
administration privileges, then review the topics in this section and configure operating
system groups and users as needed.
• Determining If an Oracle Inventory and Oracle Inventory Group Exist
Determine if you have an existing Oracle central inventory, and ensure that you
use the same Oracle Inventory for all Oracle software installations. Also, ensure
that all Oracle software users you intend to use for installation have permissions to
write to this directory.
5-1
Chapter 5
• Creating the Oracle Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not Exist
Create an Oracle Inventory group manually as part of a planned installation,
particularly where more than one Oracle software product is installed on servers.
• About Oracle Installation Owner Accounts
Select or create an Oracle installation owner for your installation, depending on the
group and user management plan you want to use for your installations.
• Identifying an Oracle Software Owner User Account
You must create at least one software owner user account the first time you install
Oracle software on the system. Either use an existing Oracle software user
account, or create an Oracle software owner user account for your installation.
Determining If an Oracle Inventory and Oracle Inventory Group Exist

Determine if you have an existing Oracle central inventory, and ensure that you use
the same Oracle Inventory for all Oracle software installations. Also, ensure that all
Oracle software users you intend to use for installation have permissions to write to
this directory.
When you install Oracle software on the system for the first time, OUI creates the
oraInst.loc file. This file identifies the name of the Oracle Inventory group (by default,
oinstall), and the path of the Oracle central inventory directory. If you have an
existing Oracle central inventory, then ensure that you use the same Oracle Inventory
for all Oracle software installations, and ensure that all Oracle software users you
intend to use for installation have permissions to write to this directory.
oraInst.loccentral_inventory_locationgroup
inventory_loc=central_inventory_location
inst_group=group
Use the more command to determine if you have an Oracle central inventory on your
system. For example:
# more /etc/oraInst.loc
inventory_loc=/u01/app/oraInventory
inst_group=oinstall
Use the command grep groupname /etc/group to confirm that the group
specified as the Oracle Inventory group still exists on the system. For example:
$ grep oinstall /etc/group

oinstall:x:54321:grid,oracle
Note:
Do not put the oraInventory directory under the Oracle base directory for a
new installation, because that can result in user permission errors for other
installations.
5-2
Chapter 5
Creating the Oracle Inventory Group If an Oracle Inventory Does Not

Exist
Create an Oracle Inventory group manually as part of a planned installation,
particularly where more than one Oracle software product is installed on servers.
By default, if an oraInventory group does not exist, then the installer uses the primary
group of the installation owner for the Oracle software being installed as the
oraInventory group. Ensure that this group is available as a primary group for all
planned Oracle software installation owners.
oraInst.loc
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54321 oinstall
About Oracle Installation Owner Accounts

Select or create an Oracle installation owner for your installation, depending on the
group and user management plan you want to use for your installations.
You must create a software owner for your installation in the following circumstances:
• If an Oracle software owner user does not exist; for example, if this is the first
installation of Oracle software on the system.
• If an Oracle software owner user exists, but you want to use a different operating
system user, with different group membership, to separate Oracle Grid
Infrastructure administrative privileges from Oracle Database administrative
privileges.
In Oracle documentation, a user created to own only Oracle Grid Infrastructure
software installations is called the Grid user (grid). This user owns both the Oracle
Clusterware and Oracle Automatic Storage Management binaries. A user created to
own either all Oracle installations, or one or more Oracle database installations, is
called the Oracle user (oracle). You can have only one Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installation owner, but you can have different Oracle users to own different
installations.
Oracle software owners must have the Oracle Inventory group as their primary group,
so that each Oracle software installation owner can write to the central inventory
(oraInventory), and so that OCR and Oracle Clusterware resource permissions are set
correctly. The database software owner must also have the OSDBA group and (if you
create them) the OSOPER, OSBACKUPDBA, OSDGDBA, OSRACDBA, and
OSKMDBA groups as secondary groups.
Identifying an Oracle Software Owner User Account

You must create at least one software owner user account the first time you install
Oracle software on the system. Either use an existing Oracle software user account, or
create an Oracle software owner user account for your installation.
To use an existing user account, obtain the name of an existing Oracle installation
owner from your system administrator. Confirm that the existing owner is a member of
the Oracle Inventory group.
5-3
Chapter 5
Oracle Installations with Standard and Job Role Separation Groups and Users
For example, if you know that the name of the Oracle Inventory group is oinstall,
then an Oracle software owner should be listed as a member of oinstall:
$ grep "oinstall" /etc/group

oinstall:x:54321:grid,oracle
You can then use the ID command to verify that the Oracle installation owners you
intend to use have the Oracle Inventory group as their primary group. For example:
$ id oracle
uid=54321(oracle) gid=54321(oinstall) groups=54321(oinstall),54322(dba),
54323(oper),54324(backupdba),54325(dgdba),54326(kmdba),54327(asmdba),
54330(racdba)
$ id grid
uid=54331(grid) gid=54321(oinstall) groups=54321(oinstall),54322(dba),
54327(asmdba),54328(asmoper),54329(asmadmin),54330(racdba)
For Oracle Restart installations, to successfully install Oracle Database, ensure that
the grid user is a member of the racdba group.
After you create operating system groups, create or modify Oracle user accounts in
accordance with your operating system authentication planning.
Related Topics
• Creating an Oracle Software Owner User
If the Oracle software owner user (oracle or grid) does not exist, or if you require
a new Oracle software owner user, then create it as described in this section.
• Modifying Oracle Owner User Groups
If you have created an Oracle software installation owner account, but it is not a
member of the groups you want to designate as the OSDBA, OSOPER, OSDBA
for ASM, ASMADMIN, or other system privileges group, then modify the group
settings for that user before installation.
Oracle Installations with Standard and Job Role Separation

Groups and Users
A job role separation configuration of Oracle Database and Oracle ASM is a
configuration with groups and users to provide separate groups for operating system
authentication.
Review the following sections to understand more about a Job Role Separation
deployment:
• About Oracle Installations with Job Role Separation
Job role separation requires that you create different operating system groups for
each set of system privileges that you grant through operating system
authorization.
• Standard Oracle Database Groups for Database Administrators
Oracle Database has two standard administration groups: OSDBA, which is
required, and OSOPER, which is optional.
5-4
Chapter 5
• Extended Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation

Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1) and later releases provide an extended set
of database groups to grant task-specific system privileges for database
administration.
• Creating an ASMSNMP User
The ASMSNMP user is an Oracle ASM user with privileges to monitor Oracle ASM
instances. You are prompted to provide a password for this user during
installation.
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role Separation
Oracle Grid Infrastructure operating system groups provide their members task-
specific system privileges to access and to administer Oracle Automatic Storage
Management.
About Oracle Installations with Job Role Separation

Job role separation requires that you create different operating system groups for each
set of system privileges that you grant through operating system authorization.
With Oracle Grid Infrastructure job role separation, Oracle ASM has separate
operating system groups that provide operating system authorization for Oracle ASM
system privileges for storage tier administration. This operating system authorization is
separated from Oracle Database operating system authorization. In addition, the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation owner provides operating system user
authorization for modifications to Oracle Grid Infrastructure binaries.
With Oracle Database job role separation, each Oracle Database installation has
separate operating system groups to provide authorization for system privileges on
that Oracle Database. Multiple databases can, therefore, be installed on the cluster
without sharing operating system authorization for system privileges. In addition, each
Oracle software installation is owned by a separate installation owner, to provide
operating system user authorization for modifications to Oracle Database binaries.
Note that any Oracle software owner can start and stop all databases and shared
Oracle Grid Infrastructure resources such as Oracle ASM or Virtual IP (VIP). Job role
separation configuration enables database security, and does not restrict user roles in
starting and stopping various Oracle Clusterware resources.
You can choose to create one administrative user and one group for operating system
authentication for all system privileges on the storage and database tiers. For
example, you can designate the oracle user to be the installation owner for all Oracle
software, and designate oinstall to be the group whose members are granted all
system privileges for Oracle Clusterware; all system privileges for Oracle ASM; all
system privileges for all Oracle Databases on the servers; and all OINSTALL system
privileges for installation owners. This group must also be the Oracle Inventory group.
If you do not want to use role allocation groups, then Oracle strongly recommends that
you use at least two groups:
• A system privileges group whose members are granted administrative system
privileges, including OSDBA, OSASM, and other system privileges groups.
• An installation owner group (the oraInventory group) whose members are
granted Oracle installation owner system privileges (the OINSTALL system
privilege).
5-5
Chapter 5
Note:
To configure users for installation that are on a network directory service
such as Network Information Services (NIS), refer to your directory service
documentation.
Related Topics
Standard Oracle Database Groups for Database Administrators

Oracle Database has two standard administration groups: OSDBA, which is required,
and OSOPER, which is optional.
• The OSDBA group (typically, dba)
You must create this group the first time you install Oracle Database software on
the system. This group identifies operating system user accounts that have
database administrative privileges (the SYSDBA privilege).
If you do not create separate OSDBA, OSOPER, and OSASM groups for the
Oracle ASM instance, then operating system user accounts that have the SYSOPER
and SYSASM privileges must be members of this group. The name used for this
group in Oracle code examples is dba. If you do not designate a separate group as
the OSASM group, then the OSDBA group you define is also by default the
OSASM group.
• The OSOPER group for Oracle Database (typically, oper)
OSOPER grants the OPERATOR privilege to start up and shut down the database
(the SYSOPER privilege). By default, members of the OSDBA group have all
privileges granted by the SYSOPER privilege.
Extended Oracle Database Groups for Job Role Separation

Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1) and later releases provide an extended set of
database groups to grant task-specific system privileges for database administration.
The extended set of Oracle Database system privileges groups are task-specific and
less privileged than the OSDBA/SYSDBA system privileges. They are designed to
provide privileges to carry out everyday database operations. Users granted these
system privileges are also authorized through operating system group membership.
You do not have to create these specific group names, but during interactive and silent
installation, you must assign operating system groups whose members are granted
access to these system privileges. You can assign the same group to provide
authorization for these privileges, but Oracle recommends that you provide a unique
group to designate each privilege.
The subset of OSDBA job role separation privileges and groups consist of the
following:
• OSBACKUPDBA group for Oracle Database (typically, backupdba)
5-6
Chapter 5
Create this group if you want a separate group of operating system users to have
a limited set of database backup and recovery related administrative privileges
(the SYSBACKUP privilege).
• OSDGDBA group for Oracle Data Guard (typically, dgdba)
a limited set of privileges to administer and monitor Oracle Data Guard (the
SYSDG privilege). To use this privilege, add the Oracle Database installation
owners as members of this group.
• The OSKMDBA group for encryption key management (typically, kmdba)
a limited set of privileges for encryption key management such as Oracle Wallet
Manager management (the SYSKM privilege). To use this privilege, add the
Oracle Database installation owners as members of this group.
• The OSRACDBA group for Oracle Real Application Clusters Administration
(typically, racdba)
a limited set of Oracle Real Application Clusters (RAC) administrative privileges
(the SYSRAC privilege). To use this privilege:
– Add the Oracle Database installation owners as members of this group.
– For Oracle Restart configurations, if you have a separate Oracle Grid
Infrastructure installation owner user (grid), then you must also add the grid
user as a member of the OSRACDBA group of the database to enable Oracle
Grid Infrastructure components to connect to the database.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Security Guide
Creating an ASMSNMP User

The ASMSNMP user is an Oracle ASM user with privileges to monitor Oracle ASM
instances. You are prompted to provide a password for this user during installation.
In addition to the OSASM group, whose members are granted the SYSASM system
privilege to administer Oracle ASM, Oracle recommends that you create a less
privileged user, ASMSNMP, and grant that user SYSDBA privileges to monitor the Oracle
ASM instance. Oracle Enterprise Manager uses the ASMSNMP user to monitor Oracle
ASM status.
During installation, you are prompted to provide a password for the ASMSNMP user. You
can create an operating system authenticated user, or you can create an Oracle
Database user called asmsnmp. In either case, grant the user SYSDBA privileges.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Groups for Job Role

Separation
Oracle Grid Infrastructure operating system groups provide their members task-
specific system privileges to access and to administer Oracle Automatic Storage
Management.
5-7
Chapter 5
Creating Operating System Privileges Groups
• The OSASM group for Oracle ASM Administration (typically, asmadmin)

Create this group as a separate group to separate administration privileges groups
for Oracle ASM and Oracle Database administrators. Members of this group are
granted the SYSASM system privileges to administer Oracle ASM. In Oracle
documentation, the operating system group whose members are granted
privileges is called the OSASM group, and in code examples, where there is a
group specifically created to grant this privilege, it is referred to as asmadmin.
Oracle ASM can support multiple databases. If you have multiple databases on
your system, and use multiple OSDBA groups so that you can provide separate
SYSDBA privileges for each database, then you should create a group whose
members are granted the OSASM/SYSASM administrative privileges, and create
a grid infrastructure user (grid) that does not own a database installation, so that
you separate Oracle Grid Infrastructure SYSASM administrative privileges from a
database administrative privileges group.
Members of the OSASM group can use SQL to connect to an Oracle ASM
instance as SYSASM using operating system authentication. The SYSASM
privileges permit mounting and dismounting disk groups, and other storage
administration tasks. SYSASM privileges provide no access privileges on an
RDBMS instance.
If you do not designate a separate group as the OSASM group, but you do define
an OSDBA group for database administration, then by default the OSDBA group
you define is also defined as the OSASM group.
• The OSOPER group for Oracle ASM (typically, asmoper)
This is an optional group. Create this group if you want a separate group of
operating system users to have a limited set of Oracle instance administrative
privileges (the SYSOPER for ASM privilege), including starting up and stopping
the Oracle ASM instance. By default, members of the OSASM group also have all
privileges granted by the SYSOPER for ASM privilege.

The following sections describe how to create operating system groups for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure and Oracle Database:
• Creating the OSDBA for ASM Group
You must designate a group as the OSDBA for ASM (asmdba) group during
installation. Members of this group are granted access privileges to Oracle
Automatic Storage Management.
• Creating the OSOPER for ASM Group
You can choose to designate a group as the OSOPER for ASM group (asmoper)
during installation. Members of this group are granted startup and shutdown
privileges to Oracle Automatic Storage Management.
• Creating the OSDBA Group for Database Installations
Each Oracle Database requires an operating system group to be designated as
the OSDBA group. Members of this group are granted the SYSDBA system
privileges to administer the database.
• Creating an OSOPER Group for Database Installations
Create an OSOPER group only if you want to identify a group of operating system
users with a limited set of database administrative privileges (SYSOPER operator
privileges).
5-8
Chapter 5
• Creating the OSBACKUPDBA Group for Database Installations

You must designate a group as the OSBACKUPDBA group during installation.
Members of this group are granted the SYSBACKUP privileges to perform backup
and recovery operations using RMAN or SQL*Plus.
• Creating the OSDGDBA Group for Database Installations
You must designate a group as the OSDGDBA group during installation. Members
of this group are granted the SYSDG privileges to perform Data Guard operations.
• Creating the OSKMDBA Group for Database Installations
You must designate a group as the OSKMDBA group during installation. Members
of this group are granted the SYSKM privileges to perform Transparent Data
Encryption keystore operations.
• Creating the OSRACDBA Group for Database Installations
You must designate a group as the OSRACDBA group during database
installation. Members of this group are granted the SYSRAC privileges to perform
day–to–day administration of Oracle databases on an Oracle RAC cluster.
Creating the OSDBA for ASM Group

You must designate a group as the OSDBA for ASM (asmdba) group during installation.
Members of this group are granted access privileges to Oracle Automatic Storage
Management.
Create an OSDBA for ASM group using the group name asmdba unless a group with
that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54327 asmdba
Creating the OSOPER for ASM Group

You can choose to designate a group as the OSOPER for ASM group (asmoper)
during installation. Members of this group are granted startup and shutdown privileges
to Oracle Automatic Storage Management.
If you want to create an OSOPER for ASM group, use the group name asmoper unless
a group with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54328 asmoper
Creating the OSDBA Group for Database Installations

Each Oracle Database requires an operating system group to be designated as the
OSDBA group. Members of this group are granted the SYSDBA system privileges to
administer the database.
You must create an OSDBA group in the following circumstances:
• An OSDBA group does not exist, for example, if this is the first installation of
Oracle Database software on the system
• An OSDBA group exists, but you want to give a different group of operating
system users database administrative privileges for a new Oracle Database
installation
5-9
Chapter 5
Create the OSDBA group using the group name dba, unless a group with that name
already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54322 dba
Creating an OSOPER Group for Database Installations

Create an OSOPER group only if you want to identify a group of operating system
users with a limited set of database administrative privileges (SYSOPER operator
privileges).
For most installations, it is sufficient to create only the OSDBA group. However, to use
an OSOPER group, create it in the following circumstances:
• If an OSOPER group does not exist; for example, if this is the first installation of
Oracle Database software on the system
• If an OSOPER group exists, but you want to give a different group of operating
system users database operator privileges in a new Oracle installation
If the OSOPER group does not exist, or if you require a new OSOPER group, then
create it. Use the group name oper unless a group with that name already exists. For
example:
# groupadd -g 54323 oper
Creating the OSBACKUPDBA Group for Database Installations

You must designate a group as the OSBACKUPDBA group during installation.
Members of this group are granted the SYSBACKUP privileges to perform backup and
recovery operations using RMAN or SQL*Plus.
Create the OSBACKUPDBA group using the group name backupdba, unless a group
with that name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54324 backupdba
Creating the OSDGDBA Group for Database Installations

You must designate a group as the OSDGDBA group during installation. Members of
this group are granted the SYSDG privileges to perform Data Guard operations.
Create the OSDGDBA group using the group name dgdba, unless a group with that
name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54325 dgdba
5-10
Chapter 5
Creating Operating System Oracle Installation User Accounts
Creating the OSKMDBA Group for Database Installations

You must designate a group as the OSKMDBA group during installation. Members of
this group are granted the SYSKM privileges to perform Transparent Data Encryption
keystore operations.
If you want a separate group for Transparent Data Encryption, then create the
OSKMDBA group using the group name kmdba unless a group with that name already
exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54326 kmdba
Creating the OSRACDBA Group for Database Installations

You must designate a group as the OSRACDBA group during database installation.
Members of this group are granted the SYSRAC privileges to perform day–to–day
administration of Oracle databases on an Oracle RAC cluster.
Create the OSRACDBA group using the groups name racdba unless a group with that
name already exists:
# /usr/sbin/groupadd -g 54330 racdba
Creating Operating System Oracle Installation User

Accounts
Before starting installation, create Oracle software owner user accounts, and configure
their environments.
Oracle software owner user accounts require resource settings and other environment
configuration. To protect against accidents, Oracle recommends that you create one
software installation owner account for each Oracle software program you install.
• Creating an Oracle Software Owner User
If the Oracle software owner user (oracle or grid) does not exist, or if you require
a new Oracle software owner user, then create it as described in this section.
• Environment Requirements for Oracle Software Owners
You must make the following changes to configure Oracle software owner
environments:
• Procedure for Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environments
Configure each Oracle installation owner user account environment:
• Modifying Oracle Owner User Groups
member of the groups you want to designate as the OSDBA, OSOPER, OSDBA
for ASM, ASMADMIN, or other system privileges group, then modify the group
settings for that user before installation.
• Checking Resource Limits for Oracle Software Installation Users
For each installation software owner user account, check the resource limits for
installation.
5-11
Chapter 5
• Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration

If you are on a remote terminal, and the local system has only one visual (which is
typical), then use the following syntax to set your user account DISPLAY
environment variable:
• Preventing Installation Errors Caused by Terminal Output Commands
During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, OUI uses SSH to run commands
and copy files to the other nodes. During the installation, hidden files on the
system (for example, .bashrc or .cshrc) can cause makefile and other
installation errors if they contain terminal output commands.
Creating an Oracle Software Owner User

If the Oracle software owner user (oracle or grid) does not exist, or if you require a
new Oracle software owner user, then create it as described in this section.
The following example shows how to create the user oracle with the user ID 54321;
with the primary group oinstall; and with secondary groups dba, asmdba, backupdba,
dgdba, kmdba, and racdba:
# /usr/sbin/useradd -u 54321 -g oinstall -G

dba,asmdba,backupdba,dgdba,kmdba,racdba oracle
You must note the user ID number for installation users, because you need it during
preinstallation.
For Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations, user IDs and group IDs must be identical
on all candidate nodes.
Environment Requirements for Oracle Software Owners

You must make the following changes to configure Oracle software owner
environments:
• Set the installation software owner user (grid, oracle) default file mode creation
mask (umask) to 022 in the shell startup file. Setting the mask to 022 ensures that
the user performing the software installation creates files with 644 permissions.
• Set ulimit settings for file descriptors and processes for the installation software
owner (grid, oracle).
• Set the DISPLAY environment variable in preparation for running an Oracle
Universal Installer (OUI) installation.
Caution:
If you have existing Oracle installations that you installed with the user ID
that is your Oracle Grid Infrastructure software owner, then unset all Oracle
environment variable settings for that user.
Procedure for Configuring Oracle Software Owner Environments

Configure each Oracle installation owner user account environment:
5-12
Chapter 5
1. Start an X terminal session (xterm) on the server where you are running the
installation.
2. Enter the following command to ensure that X Window applications can display on
this system, where hostname is the fully qualified name of the local host from
which you are accessing the server:
$ xhost + hostname
3. If you are not logged in as the software owner user, then switch to the software
owner user you are configuring. For example, with the user grid:
$ su - grid
On systems where you cannot run su commands, use sudo instead:
$ sudo -u grid -s
4. To determine the default shell for the user, enter the following command:
$ echo $SHELL
5. Open the user's shell startup file in any text editor:

• Bash shell (bash):
$ vi .bash_profile
• Bourne shell (sh) or Korn shell (ksh):
$ vi .profile
• C shell (csh or tcsh):
% vi .login
6. Enter or edit the following line, specifying a value of 022 for the default file mode
creation mask:
umask 022
7. If the ORACLE_SID, ORACLE_HOME, or ORACLE_BASE environment variables are set in

the file, then remove these lines from the file.
8. Save the file, and exit from the text editor.
9. To run the shell startup script, enter one of the following commands:
• Bash shell:
$ . ./.bash_profile
• Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ . ./.profile
5-13
Chapter 5
• C shell:
% source ./.login
10. Use the following command to check the PATH environment variable:
$ echo $PATH
Remove any Oracle environment variables.

11. If you are not installing the software on the local system, then enter a command
similar to the following to direct X applications to display on the local system:
• Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ export DISPLAY=local_host:0.0
• C shell:
% setenv DISPLAY local_host:0.0
In this example, local_host is the host name or IP address of the system (your
workstation, or another client) on which you want to display the installer.
12. If the /tmp directory has less than 1 GB of free space, then identify a file system
with at least 1 GB of free space and set the TMP and TMPDIR environment variables
to specify a temporary directory on this file system:
Note:
You cannot use a shared file system as the location of the temporary file
directory (typically /tmp) for Oracle RAC installations. If you place /tmp
on a shared file system, then the installation fails.
a. Use the df -h command to identify a suitable file system with sufficient free
space.
b. If necessary, enter commands similar to the following to create a temporary
directory on the file system that you identified, and set the appropriate
permissions on the directory:
$ sudo - s
# mkdir /mount_point/tmp
# chmod 775 /mount_point/tmp
# exit
c. Enter commands similar to the following to set the TMP and TMPDIR
environment variables:
5-14
Chapter 5
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
$ TMP=/mount_point/tmp
$ TMPDIR=/mount_point/tmp
$ export TMP TMPDIR
C shell:
% setenv TMP /mount_point/tmp

% setenv TMPDIR /mount_point/tmp
13. To verify that the environment has been set correctly, enter the following
commands:
$ umask
$ env | more
Verify that the umask command displays a value of 22, 022, or 0022 and that the
environment variables you set in this section have the correct values.
Modifying Oracle Owner User Groups

member of the groups you want to designate as the OSDBA, OSOPER, OSDBA for
ASM, ASMADMIN, or other system privileges group, then modify the group settings for
that user before installation.
Warning:
Each Oracle software owner must be a member of the same central
inventory group. Do not modify the primary group of an existing Oracle
software owner account, or designate different groups as the OINSTALL
group. If Oracle software owner accounts have different groups as their
primary group, then you can corrupt the central inventory.
During installation, the user that is installing the software should have the OINSTALL
group as its primary group, and it must be a member of the operating system groups
appropriate for your installation. For example:
# /usr/sbin/usermod -g oinstall -G
dba,asmdba,backupdba,dgdba,kmdba,racdba[,oper] oracle
Checking Resource Limits for Oracle Software Installation Users

For each installation software owner user account, check the resource limits for
installation.
On Oracle Linux systems, Oracle recommends that you install Oracle Preinstallation
RPMs to meet preinstallation requirements like configuring your operating system to
set the resource limits in the limits.conf file. Oracle Preinstallation RPM only
5-15
Chapter 5
configures the limits.conf file for the oracle user. If you are implementing Oracle
Grid Infrastructure job role separation, then copy the values from the oracle user to
the grid user in the limits.conf file.
Use the following ranges as guidelines for resource allocation to Oracle installation
owners:
Table 5-1 Installation Owner Resource Limit Recommended Ranges
Resource Shell Limit Resource Soft Limit Hard Limit

Open file descriptors nofile at least 1024 at least 65536
Number of processes nproc at least 2047 at least 16384
available to a single user
Size of the stack segment stack at least 10240 KB at least 10240 KB, and at
of the process most 32768 KB
Maximum locked memory memlock at least 90 percent of the at least 90 percent of the
limit current RAM when current RAM when
HugePages memory is HugePages memory is
enabled and at least enabled and at least
3145728 KB (3 GB) when 3145728 KB (3 GB) when
HugePages memory is HugePages memory is
disabled disabled
To check resource limits:

1. Log in as an installation owner.
2. Check the soft and hard limits for the file descriptor setting. Ensure that the result
is in the recommended range. For example:
$ ulimit -Sn
1024
$ ulimit -Hn
65536
3. Check the soft and hard limits for the number of processes available to a user.
Ensure that the result is in the recommended range. For example:
$ ulimit -Su
2047
$ ulimit -Hu
16384
4. Check the soft limit for the stack setting. Ensure that the result is in the
recommended range. For example:
$ ulimit -Ss
10240
$ ulimit -Hs
32768
5. Repeat this procedure for each Oracle software installation owner.

If necessary, update the resource limits in the /etc/security/limits.conf
configuration file for the installation owner. However, the configuration file may be
5-16
Chapter 5
distribution specific. Contact your system administrator for distribution specific

configuration file information.
Note:
If you make changes to an Oracle installation user account and that user
account is logged in, then changes to the limits.conf file do not take effect
until you log these users out and log them back in. You must do this before
you use these accounts for installation.
Setting Remote Display and X11 Forwarding Configuration

If you are on a remote terminal, and the local system has only one visual (which is
typical), then use the following syntax to set your user account DISPLAY environment
variable:
Remote Display
Bourne, Korn, and Bash shells
$ export DISPLAY=hostname:0
C shell
% setenv DISPLAY hostname:0
For example, if you are using the Bash shell and if your host name is local_host, then
enter the following command:
$ export DISPLAY=node1:0
X11 Forwarding
To ensure that X11 forwarding does not cause the installation to fail, use the following
procedure to create a user-level SSH client configuration file for Oracle installation
owner user accounts:
1. Using any text editor, edit or create the software installation owner's ~/.ssh/
config file.
2. Ensure that the ForwardX11 attribute in the ~/.ssh/config file is set to no. For
example:
Host *
ForwardX11 no
3. Ensure that the permissions on ~/.ssh are secured to the Oracle installation
owner user account. For example:
$ ls -al .ssh
total 28
5-17
Chapter 5
Creating Oracle Database Vault User Accounts
drwx------ 2 grid oinstall 4096 Jun 21 2015

drwx------ 19 grid oinstall 4096 Jun 21 2015
-rw-r--r-- 1 grid oinstall 1202 Jun 21 2015 authorized_keys
-rwx------ 1 grid oinstall 668 Jun 21 2015 id_dsa
-rwx------ 1 grid oinstall 601 Jun 21 2015 id_dsa.pub
-rwx------ 1 grid oinstall 1610 Jun 21 2015 known_hosts
Preventing Installation Errors Caused by Terminal Output Commands

During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, OUI uses SSH to run commands and
copy files to the other nodes. During the installation, hidden files on the system (for
example, .bashrc or .cshrc) can cause makefile and other installation errors if they
contain terminal output commands.
To avoid this problem, you must modify hidden files in each Oracle installation owner
user home directory to suppress all output on STDOUT or STDERR (for example, stty,
xtitle, and other such commands) as in the following examples:
Bourne, Bash, or Korn shell:
if [ -t 0 ]; then
stty intr ^C
fi
C shell:
test -t 0
if ($status == 0) then
stty intr ^C
endif
Note:
If the remote shell can load hidden files that contain stty commands, then
OUI indicates an error and stops the installation.
Creating Oracle Database Vault User Accounts

If you intend to use Oracle Database Vault by default, then you must create an Oracle
Database Vault user account, and configure that user.
You must create the Database Vault Owner account before you can use Oracle
Database Vault. You can also create a Database Vault Account Manager
administrative account.
Oracle Database Vault installs a baseline database auditing policy. This policy covers
the access control configuration information stored in Oracle Database Vault database
tables, information stored in Oracle Catalog (rollback segments, tablespaces, and so
on), the use of system privileges, and Oracle Label Security configuration. When you
install Oracle Database Vault, the security specific database initialization parameters
are initialized with default values.
5-18
Chapter 5
Unsetting Oracle Installation Owner Environment Variables
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Vault Administrator’s Guide
Unsetting Oracle Installation Owner Environment Variables

Unset Oracle installation owner environment variables before you start the installation.
The environment variables you have set for the Oracle installation owner account you
use to run the installation can cause issues if they are set to values that conflict with
the values needed for installation.
If you have set ORA_CRS_HOME as an environment variable, following instructions
from Oracle Support, then unset it before starting an installation or upgrade. You
should never use ORA_CRS_HOME as an environment variable except under explicit
direction from Oracle Support.
If you have had an existing installation on your system, and you are using the same
user account to install this installation, then unset the following environment variables:
ORA_CRS_HOME, ORACLE_HOME, ORA_NLS10, TNS_ADMIN, and any other
environment variable set for the Oracle installation user that is connected with Oracle
software homes.
Also, ensure that the $ORACLE_HOME/bin path is removed from your PATH environment
variable.
5-19
6
Configuring Networks for Oracle Database
If you install Oracle Databases on servers with multiple Oracle homes, multiple
aliases, or without a static IP address, then review these network configuration topics.
If you are installing Oracle Database on a server with a static host name and IP
address and at least one network interface, then no special network configuration is
required.
• About Oracle Database Network Configuration Options
You can enable database clients to connect to servers associated with multiple IP
addresses, and you can install Oracle Database on servers with no network
connections, and set up database services after installation.
• About Assigning Global Database Names During Installation
The database name input field is used to set the DB_NAME, DB_UNIQUE_NAME,
and DB_DOMAIN Oracle initialization parameter values.
• Network Configuration for Computers Completed After Installation
You must confirm that a non-networked computer can connect to itself to ensure
that you can configure client network resolution after installation. A non-networked
computer is a computer that does not have a fixed network address, such as a
computer using DHCP.
• Network Configuration for Multihome Computers
You must set the ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable to install Oracle
Database on a multihomed computer. A multihomed computer is associated with
multiple IP addresses.
• Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment Variable
Run the commands shown in this example as the Oracle user account to set the
ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable.
• Network Configuration for Computers with Multiple Aliases
You must set the ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable to install Oracle
Database on a multialias computer. A multialias computer is one to which multiple
aliases resolve.
About Oracle Database Network Configuration Options

You can enable database clients to connect to servers associated with multiple IP
addresses, and you can install Oracle Database on servers with no network
connections, and set up database services after installation.
Typically, the computer on which you want to install Oracle Database is a server
running a single database instance, with a single host name that is resolvable on a
network. Oracle Universal Installer uses the host name and Oracle Database instance
information to set up network services automatically. The database provides database
services to clients using a connect descriptor that resolves to the host name where the
database instance is running.
6-1
Chapter 6
About Assigning Global Database Names During Installation
However, you can configure Oracle Database on servers with the following
nonstandard configurations:
• Multihomed Computers: Servers with multiple Oracle Database installations
• Multiple Alias Computers: Servers with multiple aliases, so that more than one
host name resolves to the computer
• Non-Networked computers: Servers that do not have network connectivity at the
time of installation
About Assigning Global Database Names During Installation

The database name input field is used to set the DB_NAME, DB_UNIQUE_NAME, and
DB_DOMAIN Oracle initialization parameter values.
The Oracle Database software identifies a database by its global database name. A
global database name consists of the database name and database domain. Usually,
the database domain is the same as the network domain, but it need not be. The
global database name uniquely distinguishes a database from any other database in
the same network. You specify the global database name when you create a database
during the installation or using the Oracle Database Configuration Assistant.
sales.us.example.com
Here:
• sales.us is the name of the database. The database name, DB_UNIQUE_NAME,
portion is a string of no more than 30 characters that can contain alphanumeric
characters, underscore (_), dollar sign ($), and pound sign (#) but must begin with
an alphabetic character. No other special characters are permitted in a database
name.
• sales.us is also the DB_NAME. The DB_NAME initialization parameter specifies a
database identifier of up to eight characters.
• example.com is the database domain in which the database is located. In this
example, the database domain equals the network domain. Together, the
database name and the database domain make the global database name unique.
The domain portion is a string of no more than 128 characters that can contain
alphanumeric characters, underscore (_), and pound sign (#). The DB_DOMAIN
initialization parameter specifies the database domain name.
However, the DB_NAME parameter need not necessarily be the first eight characters of
DB_UNIQUE_NAME.
The system identifier (SID) identifies a specific database instance. The SID uniquely
distinguishes the instance from any other instance on the same computer. Each
database instance requires a unique SID and database name. In most cases, the SID
equals the database name portion of the global database name.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Reference
• Oracle Database Administrator's Guide
6-2
Chapter 6
Network Configuration for Computers Completed After Installation
Network Configuration for Computers Completed After

Installation
You must confirm that a non-networked computer can connect to itself to ensure that
you can configure client network resolution after installation. A non-networked
computer is a computer that does not have a fixed network address, such as a
computer using DHCP.
You can install Oracle Database on a non-networked computer. If the computer, such
as a laptop, is configured for DHCP and you plan to connect the computer to the
network after the Oracle Database installation, then use the ping command on the
computer on which you want to install the database to check if the computer can
connect to itself. Perform this step by first using only the host name and then using the
fully qualified name, which should be in the /etc/hosts file.
If you connect the computer to a network after installation, then the Oracle Database
instance on the computer can work with other instances on the network. The computer
can use a static IP or DHCP, depending on the network to which you are connected.
When you run the ping command on the computer itself, the ping command should
return the IP address of the computer. If the ping command fails, then contact your
network administrator.
Network Configuration for Multihome Computers

You must set the ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable to install Oracle Database on
a multihomed computer. A multihomed computer is associated with multiple IP
addresses.
Typically, a server configured to run multiple Oracle Database Oracle homes is
configured with multiple network interface cards. A host name resolves to an IP
address configured for one network card for each Oracle Database. You can also set
up aliases for host names. By default, during installation, Oracle Universal Installer
uses the value set for the environment variable ORACLE_HOSTNAME set for the Oracle
installation user account running the installation to find the host name. If the user
environment variable ORACLE_HOSTNAME is not set for the Oracle user, and you are
installing on a computer that has multiple network cards, then Oracle Universal
Installer determines the host name from the /etc/hosts file and the information you
provide during the installation session.
Oracle Database clients connecting to the database must be able to access the
computer by using either the alias for the host name, or by using the host name
associated with that instance. To verify that the client can resolve to the database
using both alias and host name, use the ping command to check connectivity to the
host name both for the database on the server (host name only), and for the fully
qualified domain name (host name and domain name).
6-3
Chapter 6
Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment Variable
Note:
Clients must be able to obtain a response using the ping command both for
the host name and for the fully qualified domain name. If either test fails, then
contact your network administrator to resolve the issue.
Setting the ORACLE_HOSTNAME Environment Variable

Run the commands shown in this example as the Oracle user account to set the
ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable.
The following example shows the commands to run on the Oracle user account to set
the ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable. In this example, the fully qualified
host name is somehost.example.com.
Bourne, Bash or Korn Shell
$ ORACLE_HOSTNAME=somehost.example.com
$ export ORACLE_HOSTNAME
C Shell
% setenv ORACLE_HOSTNAME somehost.example.com
Network Configuration for Computers with Multiple Aliases

You must set the ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable to install Oracle Database on
a multialias computer. A multialias computer is one to which multiple aliases resolve.
A computer with multiple aliases is a computer that is registered with the naming
service under a single IP address, but which resolves multiple aliases to that address.
The naming service resolves any of those aliases to the same computer. Before
installing Oracle Database on such a computer, set the Oracle installation owner
environment variable ORACLE_HOSTNAME to the computer whose host name you want to
use.
6-4
7
Supported Storage Options for Oracle
Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure
Review supported storage options as part of your installation planning process.
• Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database
The following table shows the storage options supported for Oracle Database
binaries and files:
• About Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
If you plan to use Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), then you
must install Oracle Restart before installing your database.
• About Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instances
Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) upgrades are carried out
during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade.
• About Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions
Use Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) to create and modify
disk groups when you install earlier Oracle databases on Oracle Grid
• Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS)
extends Oracle ASM technology to support of all of your application data in both
single instance and cluster configurations.
• File System Options for Oracle Database
If you install Oracle Database files on a file system, then Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant creates the database files in a directory on a file system
mounted on the computer.
• Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files On a File System or Logical Volume
If you choose to place the Oracle Database files on a file system, then use the
following guidelines when deciding where to place them:
• About NFS Storage for Data Files
Review this section for NFS storage configuration guidelines.
• About Direct NFS Client Mounts to NFS Storage Devices
Direct NFS Client integrates the NFS client functionality directly in the Oracle
software to optimize the I/O path between Oracle and the NFS server. This
integration can provide significant performance improvements.
Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database

The following table shows the storage options supported for Oracle Database binaries
and files:
7-1
Chapter 7
About Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Table 7-1 Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database
Storage Option Oracle Database Oracle Database Oracle Database

Binaries Data Files Recovery Files
Oracle Automatic No Yes Yes
Storage Management
(Oracle ASM)
Note: Loopback
devices are not
supported for use with
Oracle ASM
Oracle Automatic Yes Yes (Oracle Database Yes (Oracle Database
Storage Management 12c Release 1 (12.1) 12c Release 1 (12.1)
Cluster File System and later) and later
(Oracle ACFS)
Local file system Yes Yes, but not Yes, but not
recommended recommended
Network file system Yes Yes Yes
(NFS) on a certified
network-attached
storage (NAS) filer
Guidelines for Storage Options

Use the following guidelines when choosing storage options:
• Oracle strongly recommends that you use a dedicated set of disks for Oracle
ASM.
• You can choose any combination of the supported storage options for each file
type provided that you satisfy all requirements listed for the chosen storage
options.
• You can use Oracle ASM to store Oracle Clusterware files.
• Direct use of raw or block devices is not supported. You can only use raw or block
devices under Oracle ASM.
Related Topics
About Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server

If you plan to use Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM), then you
must install Oracle Restart before installing your database.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server is a version of Oracle Grid
Infrastructure that supports single instance databases. This support includes volume
management, file system, and automatic restart capabilities. Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a standalone server includes Oracle Restart and Oracle Automatic Storage
Management. Oracle combined the two infrastructure products into a single set of
binaries that is installed into an Oracle Restart home.
Oracle Restart is a feature provided as part of Oracle Grid Infrastructure. Oracle
Restart monitors and can restart Oracle Database instances, Oracle Net Listeners,
7-2
Chapter 7
About Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage Management Instances
and Oracle ASM instances. Oracle Restart is currently restricted to manage single
instance Oracle Databases and Oracle ASM instances only.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management is a volume manager and a file system for
Oracle database files that supports single-instance Oracle Database and Oracle Real
Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) configurations. Oracle Automatic Storage
Management also supports a general purpose file system for your application needs,
including Oracle Database binaries. Oracle Automatic Storage Management is
Oracle's recommended storage management solution that provides an alternative to
conventional volume managers, and file systems.
Oracle Restart improves the availability of your Oracle database by providing the
following services:
• When there is a hardware or a software failure, Oracle Restart automatically starts
all Oracle components, including the Oracle database instance, Oracle Net
Listener, database services, and Oracle ASM.
• Oracle Restart starts components in the proper order when the database host is
restarted.
• Oracle Restart runs periodic checks to monitor the status of Oracle components. If
a check operation fails for a component, then the component is shut down and
restarted.
Note the following restrictions for using Oracle Restart:
• You can neither install Oracle Restart on an Oracle Grid Infrastructure cluster
member node, nor add an Oracle Restart server to an Oracle Grid Infrastructure
cluster member node. Oracle Restart supports single-instance databases on one
server, while Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Cluster supports single-instance or
Oracle RAC databases on a cluster.
• If you want to use Oracle ASM or Oracle Restart, then you should install Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and create the
database. Otherwise, you must install Oracle Restart, and then manually register
the database with Oracle Restart.
• You can use the Oracle Restart implementation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure only
in single-instance (nonclustered) environments. Use Oracle Grid Infrastructure
with Oracle Clusterware for clustered environments.
About Upgrading Existing Oracle Automatic Storage

Management Instances
Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) upgrades are carried out during
an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade.
If you are upgrading from Oracle ASM 11g Release 2 (11.2.0.4) or later, then Oracle
ASM is always upgraded with Oracle Grid Infrastructure as part of the upgrade, and
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) is
started by the root scripts during upgrade. Subsequently, you can use Oracle ASMCA
(located in Grid_home/bin) to configure failure groups, Oracle ASM volumes, and
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS).
Oracle ASMCA cannot perform a separate upgrade of Oracle ASM from a prior
release to the current release.
7-3
Chapter 7
About Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions
Upgrades of Oracle ASM from releases prior to 11g Release 2 (11.2) are not
supported.
Related Topics
About Managing Disk Groups for Older Database Versions

Use Oracle ASM Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) to create and modify disk
groups when you install earlier Oracle databases on Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installations.
Releases prior to Oracle Database 11g Release 2 used Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) to perform administrative tasks on Oracle
ASM. Starting with Oracle Database 11g Release 2 (11.2), Oracle ASM is installed as
part of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. You can no longer use Oracle DBCA
to perform administrative tasks on Oracle ASM.
See Also:
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for details
about configuring disk group compatibility for databases using Oracle
Database 11g software with this release of Oracle Grid Infrastructure.
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM

Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS) extends
Oracle ASM technology to support of all of your application data in both single
instance and cluster configurations.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Dynamic Volume Manager (Oracle ADVM)
provides volume management services and a standard disk device driver interface to
clients. Oracle ACFS communicates with Oracle ASM through the Oracle ADVM
interface.
• Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM Support on Linux x86–64
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM are supported on Oracle Linux, Red Hat
Enterprise Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.
• Restrictions and Guidelines for Oracle ACFS
Review these topics as part of your storage plan for using Oracle ACFS for single
Related Topics
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM Support on Linux x86–64

Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM are supported on Oracle Linux, Red Hat Enterprise
Linux, and SUSE Linux Enterprise Server.
7-4
Chapter 7
Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Table 7-2 Platforms That Support Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM
Platform / Operating System Kernel

Oracle Linux 7 All Oracle Linux compatible kernels
Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7 All Red Hat Enterprise Linux compatible kernels
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server All SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 compatible kernels
12
SUSE Linux Enterprise Server All SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15 compatible kernels
15
Linux Containers Not supported
Note:
If you use Security Enhanced Linux (SELinux) in enforcing mode with Oracle
ACFS, then ensure that you mount the Oracle ACFS file systems with an
SELinux default context. Refer to your Linux vendor documentation for
information about the context mount option.
Important:
You must apply patches to some of the Linux kernel versions for successful
Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. Refer to the following notes for more
information:
• My Oracle Support Note 1369107.1 for more information and a complete
list of platforms and releases that support Oracle ACFS and Oracle
ADVM:
• Patch Set Updates for Oracle Products (My Oracle Support Note
854428.1) for current release and support information:
Restrictions and Guidelines for Oracle ACFS

Review these topics as part of your storage plan for using Oracle ACFS for single
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle ACFS)
provides a general purpose file system.
• You can only use Oracle ACFS when Oracle ASM is configured.
• Note the following general guidelines and restrictions for placing Oracle Database
and Oracle Grid Infrastructure files on Oracle ACFS:
– You can place Oracle Database binaries, data files, and administrative files
(for example, trace files) on Oracle ACFS.
7-5
Chapter 7
File System Options for Oracle Database
– Oracle ACFS does not support encryption or replication with Oracle Database
data files, tablespace files, control files, redo logs, archive logs, RMAN
backups, Data Pump dumpsets, and flashback files.
– You can place Oracle Database homes on Oracle ACFS only if the database
release is Oracle Database 11g Release 2, or more recent releases. You
cannot install earlier releases of Oracle Database on Oracle ACFS.
– For installations on Oracle Clusterware, you cannot place Oracle Clusterware
files on Oracle ACFS.
• Oracle Restart does not support root-based Oracle Clusterware resources. For
this reason, the following restrictions apply if you run Oracle ACFS on an Oracle
Restart Configuration:
– Starting with Oracle Database 18c, configuration assistants do not allow the
creation of Oracle Database homes on Oracle ACFS in an Oracle Restart
configuration.
– Oracle Restart does not support Oracle ACFS resources on all platforms.
– Starting with Oracle Database 12c, Oracle Restart configurations do not
support the Oracle ACFS registry.
– On Linux, Oracle ACFS provides an automated mechanism to load and unload
drivers and mount and unmount Oracle ACFS file systems on system restart
and shutdown. However, Oracle ACFS does not provide automated recovery
of mounted file systems when the system is running. Other than Linux, Oracle
ACFS does not provide this automated mechanism on other operating
systems.
– Creating Oracle data files on an Oracle ACFS file system is not supported in
Oracle Restart configurations. Creating Oracle data files on an Oracle ACFS
file system is supported on Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a cluster
configurations.
• Oracle ACFS and Oracle ADVM are not supported on IBM AIX Workload
Partitions (WPARs).
Related Topics
File System Options for Oracle Database

If you install Oracle Database files on a file system, then Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant creates the database files in a directory on a file system
mounted on the computer.
Oracle recommends that the file system be separate from the file systems used by the
operating system or the Oracle Database software.
The file system can be any of the following:
Standard Oracle Database Creation Options

• A file system on a disk that is physically attached to the system.
If you are creating a database on basic disks that are not logical volumes or RAID
devices, then Oracle recommends that you follow the Optimal Flexible Architecture
(OFA) recommendations and distribute the database files over many disks.
7-6
Chapter 7
Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files On a File System or Logical Volume
• A file system on a logical volume manager (LVM) volume or a RAID device.

If you are using multiple disks in an LVM or RAID configuration, then Oracle
recommends that you use the Stripe and Mirror Everything (S.A.M.E) methodology
to increase performance and reliability. Using this methodology, you do not have
to specify multiple file system mount points for the database storage.
• A network file system (NFS) mounted from a certified network-attached storage
(NAS) device. You also have the option to use Direct NFS Client, which simplifies
the administration of NFS configurations and also improves performance.
If the NAS device is certified by Oracle, then you can store the database files on
them.
Advanced Oracle Database Creation Options

• The three file system options available to standard Oracle Database installations.
• With Oracle Managed Files, you specify file system directories in which the
database automatically creates, names, and manages files at the database object
level.
If you use the Oracle Managed Files feature, then you must specify only the
database object name instead of file names when creating or deleting database
files.
Related Topics
Guidelines for Placing Oracle Database Files On a File

System or Logical Volume
If you choose to place the Oracle Database files on a file system, then use the
following guidelines when deciding where to place them:
• The default path suggested by Oracle Universal Installer for the database file
directory is a subdirectory of the Oracle base directory.
• You can choose either a single file system or more than one file system to store
the database files:
– If you want to use a single file system, then choose a file system on a physical
device that is dedicated to the database.
For best performance and reliability, choose a RAID device or a logical volume
on more than one physical device, and implement a stripe-and-mirror-
everything (SAME) storage policy.
– If you want to use more than one file system, then choose file systems on
separate physical devices that are dedicated to the database.
This method enables you to distribute physical input-output operations and
create separate control files on different devices for increased reliability. It also
enables you to fully implement Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA)
guidelines. Choose the Advanced database creation option to implement this
method.
7-7
Chapter 7
About NFS Storage for Data Files
• If you intend to create a preconfigured database during the installation, then the
file system (or file systems) that you choose must have at least 2 GB of free disk
space.
For production databases, you must estimate the disk space requirement
depending on the use of the database.
• For optimum performance, the file systems that you choose must be on physical
devices that are used only by the database.
• The Oracle user running the Oracle Database installation must have write
permissions to create the files in the path that you specify.
About NFS Storage for Data Files

Review this section for NFS storage configuration guidelines.
Network-Attached Storage and NFS Protocol

Network-attached storage (NAS) systems use the network file system (NFS) protocol
to to access files over a network, which enables client servers to access files over
networks as easily as to storage devices attached directly to the servers. You can
store data files on supported NFS systems. NFS is a shared file system protocol, so
NFS can support both single instance and Oracle Real Application Clusters
databases.
Note:
The performance of Oracle software and databases stored on NAS devices
depends on the performance of the network connection between the servers
and the network-attached storage devices.For better performance, Oracle
recommends that you connect servers to NAS devices using private
dedicated network connections. NFS network connections should use
Gigabit Ethernet or better.
Refer to your vendor documentation to complete NFS configuration and mounting.
Requirements for Using NFS Storage

Before you start installation, NFS file systems must be mounted and available to
servers.
About Direct NFS Client Mounts to NFS Storage Devices

Direct NFS Client integrates the NFS client functionality directly in the Oracle software
to optimize the I/O path between Oracle and the NFS server. This integration can
provide significant performance improvements.
Direct NFS Client supports NFSv3, NFSv4, NFSv4.1, and pNFS protocols to access
the NFS server. Direct NFS Client also simplifies, and in many cases automates, the
performance optimization of the NFS client configuration for database workloads.
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2, when you enable Direct NFS, you can
also enable the Direct NFS dispatcher. The Direct NFS dispatcher consolidates the
7-8
Chapter 7
number of TCP connections that are created from a database instance to the NFS
server. In large database deployments, using Direct NFS dispatcher improves
scalability and network performance. Parallel NFS deployments also require a large
number of connections. Hence, the Direct NFS dispatcher is recommended with
Parallel NFS deployments too.
Direct NFS Client can obtain NFS mount points either from the operating system
mount entries, or from the oranfstab file.
Direct NFS Client Requirements

• NFS servers must have write size values (wtmax) of 32768 or greater to work with
Direct NFS Client.
• NFS mount points must be mounted both by the operating system kernel NFS
client and Direct NFS Client, even though you configure Direct NFS Client to
provide file service.
If Oracle Database cannot connect to an NFS server using Direct NFS Client, then
Oracle Database connects to the NFS server using the operating system kernel
NFS client. When Oracle Database fails to connect to NAS storage though Direct
NFS Client, it logs an informational message about the Direct NFS Client connect
error in the Oracle alert and trace files.
• Follow standard guidelines for maintaining integrity of Oracle Database files
mounted by both operating system NFS and by Direct NFS Client.
Direct NFS Mount Point Search Order

Direct NFS Client searches for mount entries in the following order:
1. $ORACLE_HOME/dbs/oranfstab
2. /etc/oranfstab
3. /etc/mtab
Direct NFS Client uses the first matching entry as the mount point.
Note:
You can have only one active Direct NFS Client implementation for each
instance. Using Direct NFS Client on an instance prevents another Direct
NFS Client implementation.
Related Topics
• Creating an oranfstab File for Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS uses a configuration file, oranfstab, to determine the available
mount points.
• Configuring NFS Buffer Size Parameters for Oracle Database
Set the values for the NFS buffer size parameters rsize and wsize to at least
32768.
7-9
Chapter 7
See Also:
• Oracle Database Reference for information about setting the

enable_dnfs_dispatcher parameter in the initialization parameter file to
enable Direct NFS dispatcher
• Oracle Database Performance Tuning Guide for performance benefits of
enabling Parallel NFS and Direct NFS dispatcher
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management Administrator's Guide for
guidelines about managing Oracle Database data files created with
Direct NFS Client or kernel NFS
7-10
8
Configuring File System Storage for Oracle
Database
Complete these procedures to use file system storage for Oracle Database.
For optimal database organization and performance, Oracle recommends that you
install data files and the Oracle Database software in different disks.
If you plan to place storage on Network File System (NFS) protocol devices, then
Oracle recommends that you use Oracle Direct NFS (dNFS) to take advantage of
performance optimizations built into the Oracle Direct NFS client.
• Configuring NFS Buffer Size Parameters for Oracle Database
32768.
• Checking TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client
Check your TCP network buffer size to ensure that it is adequate for the speed of
your servers.
• Creating an oranfstab File for Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS uses a configuration file, oranfstab, to determine the available
mount points.
• Enabling and Disabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS
By default, Direct NFS Client is installed in a disabled state with single-instance
Oracle Database installations. Before enabling Direct NFS, you must configure an
oranfstab file.
• Enabling Hybrid Columnar Compression on Direct NFS Client
Perform these steps to enable Hybrid Columnar Compression (HCC) on Direct
NFS Client:
Related Topics
• My Oracle Support note 1496040.1
Configuring NFS Buffer Size Parameters for Oracle

Database
32768.
For example, to use rsize and wsize buffer settings with the value 32768 for an
Oracle Database data files mount point, set mount point parameters to values similar
to the following:
nfs_server:/vol/DATA/oradata /home/oracle/netapp nfs\

rw,bg,hard,nointr,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,tcp,actimeo=0,vers=3,timeo=600
8-1
Chapter 8
Checking TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client
Direct NFS Client issues writes at wtmax granularity to the NFS server.
Related Topics
Checking TCP Network Protocol Buffer for Direct NFS Client

Check your TCP network buffer size to ensure that it is adequate for the speed of your
servers.
By default, the network buffer size is set to 1 MB for TCP, and 2 MB for UDP. The TCP
buffer size can set a limit on file transfers, which can negatively affect performance for
Direct NFS Client users.
To check the current TCP buffer size, enter the following command:
# sysctl -a |grep -e net.ipv4.tcp_[rw]mem
The output of this command is similar to the following:
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 4096 87380 1056768

net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 4096 16384 1056768
Oracle recommends that you set the value based on the link speed of your servers.
For example, perform the following steps:
1. As root, use a text editor to open /etc/sysctl.conf, and add or change the
following:
net.ipv4.tcp_rmem = 4096 87380 4194304

net.ipv4.tcp_wmem = 4096 16384 4194304
2. Apply your changes by running the following command:
# sysctl -p
3. Restart the network:
# /etc/rc.d/init.d/network restart
Creating an oranfstab File for Direct NFS Client

Direct NFS uses a configuration file, oranfstab, to determine the available mount
points.
Create an oranfstab file with the following attributes for each NFS server that you
want to access using Direct NFS Client:
• server
The NFS server name.
• local
8-2
Chapter 8
Up to four paths on the database host, specified by IP address or by name, as

displayed using the ifconfig command run on the database host.
• path
Up to four network paths to the NFS server, specified either by IP address, or by
name, as displayed using the ifconfig command on the NFS server.
• export
The exported path from the NFS server.
• mount
The corresponding local mount point for the exported volume.
• mnt_timeout
Specifies (in seconds) the time Direct NFS Client should wait for a successful
mount before timing out. This parameter is optional. The default timeout is 10
minutes (600).
• nfs_version
Specifies the NFS protocol version used by Direct NFS Client. Possible values are
NFSv3, NFSv4, NFSv4.1, and pNFS. The default version is NFSv3. If you select
NFSv4.x, then you must configure the value in oranfstab for nfs_version.
Specify nfs_version as pNFS, if you want to use Direct NFS with Parallel NFS.
• security_default
Specifies the default security mode applicable for all the exported NFS server
paths for a server entry. This parameter is optional. sys is the default value. See
the description of the security parameter for the supported security levels for
the security_default parameter.
• security
Specifies the security level, to enable security using Kerberos authentication
protocol with Direct NFS Client. This optional parameter can be specified per
export-mount pair. The supported security levels for the security_default and
security parameters are:
sys: UNIX level security AUTH_UNIX authentication based on user identifier
(UID) and group identifier (GID) values. This is the default value for security
parameters.
krb5: Direct NFS runs with plain Kerberos authentication. Server is
authenticated as the real server which it claims to be.
krb5i: Direct NFS runs with Kerberos authentication and NFS integrity. Server
is authenticated and each of the message transfers is checked for integrity.
krb5p: Direct NFS runs with Kerberos authentication and NFS privacy. Server
is authenticated, and all data is completely encrypted.
The security parameter, if specified, takes precedence over the
security_default parameter. If neither of these parameters are specified, then
sys is the default authentication.
For NFS server Kerberos security setup, review the relevant NFS server
documentation. For Kerberos client setup, review the relevant operating system
documentation.
• dontroute
8-3
Chapter 8
Specifies that outgoing messages should not be routed by the operating system,
but instead sent using the IP address to which they are bound.
Note:
The dontroute option is a POSIX option, which sometimes does not
work on Linux systems with multiple paths in the same subnet.
• management
Enables Direct NFS Client to use the management interface for SNMP queries.
You can use this parameter if SNMP is running on separate management
interfaces on the NFS server. The default value is the server parameter value.
• community
Specifies the community string for use in SNMP queries. Default value is public.
The following examples show three possible NFS server entries in oranfstab. A single
oranfstab can have multiple NFS server entries.
Example 8-1 Using Local and Path NFS Server Entries

The following example uses both local and path. Because they are in different
subnets, you do not have to specify dontroute.
server: MyDataServer1
local: 192.0.2.0
path: 192.0.2.1
local: 192.0.100.0
path: 192.0.100.1
export: /vol/oradata1 mount: /mnt/oradata1
Example 8-2 Using Local and Path in the Same Subnet, with dontroute
Local and path in the same subnet, where dontroute is specified:
local: 192.0.2.0
path: 192.0.2.128
local: 192.0.2.1
path: 192.0.2.129
dontroute
Example 8-3 Using Names in Place of IP Addresses, with Multiple Exports,

management and community
local: LocalPath1
path: NfsPath1
local: LocalPath2
path: NfsPath2
local: LocalPath3
8-4
Chapter 8
Enabling and Disabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS
path: NfsPath3
local: LocalPath4
path: NfsPath4
dontroute
management: MgmtPath1
community: private
Example 8-4 Using Kerberos Authentication with Direct NFS Export

The security parameter overrides security_default:
server: nfsserver
local: 192.0.2.0
path: 192.0.2.2
local: 192.0.2.3
path: 192.0.2.4
export: /private/oracle1/logs mount: /logs security: krb5
export: /private/oracle1/data mount: /data security: krb5p
export: /private/oracle1/archive mount: /archive security: sys
export: /private/oracle1/data1 mount: /data1
security_default: krb5i
Enabling and Disabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS

By default, Direct NFS Client is installed in a disabled state with single-instance Oracle
Database installations. Before enabling Direct NFS, you must configure an oranfstab
file.
Use these procedures to enable or disable Direct NFS Client Oracle Disk Manager
Control of NFS
Enabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS

1. Change the directory to $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/lib.
2. Enter the following command:
make -f ins_rdbms.mk dnfs_on
Disabling Direct NFS Client Control of NFS

1. Log in as the Oracle software installation owner, and disable Direct NFS Client
using the following commands:
cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/lib
make -f ins_rdbms.mk dnfs_off
2. Remove the oranfstab file.
8-5
Chapter 8
Enabling Hybrid Columnar Compression on Direct NFS Client
Note:
If you remove an NFS path that an Oracle Database is using, then you must
restart the database for the change to take effect.
Enabling Hybrid Columnar Compression on Direct NFS

Client
Perform these steps to enable Hybrid Columnar Compression (HCC) on Direct NFS
Client:
1. Ensure that SNMP is enabled on the ZFS storage server. For example:
$ snmpget -v1 -c public server_name .1.3.6.1.4.1.42.2.225.1.4.2.0

SNMPv2-SMI::enterprises.42.2.225.1.4.2.0 = STRING: "Sun Storage 7410"
2. If SNMP is enabled on an interface other than the NFS server, then configure
oranfstab using the management parameter.
3. If SNMP is configured using a community string other than public, then configure
oranfstab file using the community parameter.
4. Ensure that libnetsnmp.so is installed by checking if snmpget is available.
8-6
9
Configuring Storage for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Complete these procedures to use Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server,
which includes Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM).
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, also known as Oracle Restart,
provides system support for a single-instance Oracle Database. Oracle ASM is a
volume manager and a file system for Oracle database files that supports single-
instance Oracle Database and Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC)
configurations. Oracle Automatic Storage Management also supports a general
purpose file system for your application needs, including Oracle Database binaries.
Oracle Automatic Storage Management is Oracle's recommended storage
management solution. It provides an alternative to conventional volume managers and
file systems.
Note:
• If you want to use Oracle ASM or Oracle Restart, then you must install
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and
create the database. Otherwise, you must manually register the
database with Oracle Restart.
• You can neither install Oracle Restart on an Oracle Grid Infrastructure
cluster member node, nor add an Oracle Restart server to an Oracle
Grid Infrastructure cluster member node. Oracle Restart supports single-
instance databases on one server, while Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Cluster supports single-instance or Oracle RAC databases on a cluster.
• Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management

Identify storage requirements and Oracle ASM disk group options.
• Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMFD
Oracle ASM Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) maintains storage file path persistence
and helps to protect files from accidental overwrites.
• Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
You can use direct-attached storage (DAS) and storage area network (SAN) disks
with Oracle ASM.
• Creating Directories for Oracle Database Files
You can store Oracle Database and recovery files on a separate file system from
the configuration files.
9-1
Chapter 9
Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
• Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage
Management
If you have a certified NAS storage device, then you can create zero-padded files
in an NFS mounted directory and use those files as disk devices in an Oracle ASM
disk group.
Configuring Storage for Oracle Automatic Storage

Management
Identify storage requirements and Oracle ASM disk group options.
• Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
To identify the storage requirements for using Oracle ASM, you must determine
the number of devices and the amount of free disk space that you require. To
complete this task, follow these steps:
• Oracle ASM Disk Space Requirements
Determine the total amount of Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle
ASM) disk space that you require for the database files and recovery files.
• ASM Disk Group Options for Installation
Plan how you want to configure Oracle ASM disk groups for deployment.
• Using an Existing Oracle ASM Disk Group
Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control or the Oracle ASM command line
tool (asmcmd) to identify existing disk groups, and to determine if sufficient space is
available in the disk group.
Related Topics
Identifying Storage Requirements for Oracle Automatic Storage

Management
To identify the storage requirements for using Oracle ASM, you must determine the
number of devices and the amount of free disk space that you require. To complete
this task, follow these steps:
1. Determine whether you want to use Oracle ASM for Oracle Database files,
recovery files, or both. Oracle Database files include data files, control files, redo
log files, the server parameter file, and the password file.
During the database installation, you have the option to select either a file system
or Oracle ASM as the storage mechanism for Oracle Database files. Similarly, you
also have the option to select either a file system or Oracle ASM as the storage
mechanism for your recovery files.
Note:
You do not have to use the same storage mechanism for both Oracle
Database files and recovery files. You can use a file system for one file
type and Oracle ASM for the other.
9-2
Chapter 9
If you select Oracle ASM as your storage option for Oracle Database files, then
depending on your choice in the Specify Recovery Options screen, you have the
following recovery options:
• If you select the Oracle ASM option for your recovery files, then Oracle
Universal Installer provides you with only the option to use the same disk
group for both Oracle Database files and recovery files.
• If you decide not to enable recovery during the database installation, then,
after the database installation, you can modify the DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST
parameter to enable the fast recovery area.
2. Choose the Oracle ASM redundancy level to use for each Oracle ASM disk group
that you create.
The redundancy level that you choose for the Oracle ASM disk group determines
how Oracle ASM mirrors files in the disk group and determines the number of
disks and amount of disk space that you require, as follows:
• External redundancy
This option does not allow Oracle ASM to mirror the contents of the disk
group. Oracle recommends that you select this redundancy level either when
the disk group contains devices, such as RAID devices, that provide their own
data protection or when the database does not require uninterrupted access to
data.
• Normal redundancy
To optimize performance and reliability in a normal redundancy disk group,
Oracle ASM uses two-way mirroring for data files and three-way mirroring for
control files, by default. In addition, you can choose the mirroring
characteristics for individual files in a disk group.
A normal redundancy disk group requires a minimum of two failure groups (or
two disk devices) if you are using two-way mirroring. The effective disk space
in a normal redundancy disk group is half the sum of the disk space of all of its
devices.
For most installations, Oracle recommends that you use normal redundancy
disk groups. On Oracle Exadata, Oracle recommends that you use high
redundancy disk groups for added protection against failure.
• High redundancy
The contents of the disk group are three-way mirrored by default. To create a
disk group with high redundancy, you must specify at least three failure groups
(a minimum of three devices).
Although high-redundancy disk groups provide a high level of data protection,
you must consider the higher cost of additional storage devices before
deciding to use this redundancy level.
• Flex redundancy
A flex redundancy disk group is a new disk group type with features such as
flexible file redundancy, mirror splitting, and redundancy change. A flex disk
group can consolidate files with different redundancy requirements into a
single disk group. It also provides the capability for databases to change the
redundancy of its files.
9-3
Chapter 9
For database data, you can choose no mirroring (unprotected), two-way

mirroring (mirrored), or three-way mirroring (high). A flex redundancy disk
group requires a minimum of three disk devices (or three failure groups).
3. Determine the total amount of disk space that you require for the database files
and recovery files.
If an Oracle ASM instance is running on the system, then you can use an existing
disk group to meet these storage requirements. If necessary, you can add disks to
an existing disk group during the database installation.
See, "Oracle ASM Disk Space Requirements" in Oracle Database Installation
Guide for the Oracle ASM disk space requirements.
Note:
• The disk devices must be owned by the user performing the grid
installation.
Check with your system administrator to determine if the disks used
by Oracle ASM are mirrored at the storage level. If so, select
External for the redundancy. If the disks are not mirrored at the
storage level, then select Normal for the redundancy.
• Every Oracle ASM disk is divided into allocation units (AU). An
allocation unit is the fundamental unit of allocation within a disk
group. You can select the AU Size value from 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64
MB, depending on the specific disk group compatibility level. The
default value is 4 MB for flex disk group and 1 MB for all other disk
group types. On engineered systems, the default value is 4 MB.
4. Optionally, identify failure groups for the Oracle ASM disk group devices.
If you intend to use a normal, high or flex redundancy disk group, then you can
further protect your database against hardware failure by associating a set of disk
devices in a custom failure group. By default, each device comprises its own
failure group. However, if two disk devices in a normal redundancy disk group are
attached to the same Host Bus Adapter (HBA), then the disk group becomes
unavailable if the controller fails. The controller in this example is a single point of
failure.
To protect against failures of this type, use two HBAs, each with two disks, and
define a failure group for the disks attached to each controller. This configuration
enables the disk group to tolerate the failure of one HBA.
Consider the following guidelines while defining custom failure groups:
• Starting with release 12.2, you can specify custom failure groups in the Create
ASM Disk Group screen during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
• You can also define custom failure groups after installation, using the GUI tool
ASMCA, the command line tool asmcmd, or SQL commands.
• If you define custom failure groups, then for failure groups containing database
files only, you must specify a minimum of two failure groups for normal
redundancy disk groups and three failure groups for high redundancy disk
groups.
9-4
Chapter 9
5. If you are sure that a suitable disk group does not exist on the system, then install
or identify appropriate disk devices to add to a new disk group.
Use the following guidelines when identifying appropriate disk devices:
• The disk devices must be owned by the user performing the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure installation.
• All the devices in an Oracle ASM disk group must be the same size and have
the same performance characteristics.
• Do not specify multiple partitions on a single physical disk as a disk group
device. Oracle ASM expects each disk group device to be on a separate
physical disk.
• Although you can specify a logical volume as a device in an Oracle ASM disk
group, Oracle does not recommend their use because it adds a layer of
complexity that is unnecessary with Oracle ASM. Oracle recommends that if
you choose to use a logical volume manager, then use the logical volume
manager to represent a single logical unit number (LUN) without striping or
mirroring, so that you can minimize the effect on storage performance of the
additional storage layer.
Related Topics
• Oracle ASM Disk Space Requirements
Determine the total amount of Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle
ASM) disk space that you require for the database files and recovery files.
Oracle ASM Disk Space Requirements

Determine the total amount of Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM)
disk space that you require for the database files and recovery files.
Table 9-1 Oracle ASM Disk Number and Minimum Space Requirements for an
Oracle database (non-CDB)
Redundancy Minimum Data Files Recovery Files Both File Types

Level Number of
Disks
External 1 2.5 GB 7.5 GB 10 GB
Normal or Flex 2 5.2 GB 15.6 GB 20.8 GB
with two-way
mirroring
High or Flex with 3 7.6 GB 22.8 GB 30.4 GB
three-way
mirroring
9-5
Chapter 9
Table 9-2 Oracle ASM Disk Number and Minimum Space Requirements for a
multitenant container database (CDB) with one pluggable database (PDB)
Redundancy Minimum Data Files Recovery Files Both File Types

Level Number of
Disks
External 1 4 GB 12 GB 16 GB
Normal or Flex 2 8 GB 24 GB 32 GB
with two-way
mirroring
High or Flex with 3 12 GB 36 GB 48 GB
three-way
mirroring
Note:
• If an Oracle ASM instance is running on the system, then you can use an
existing disk group to meet these storage requirements. If necessary,
you can add disks to an existing disk group during the database
installation.
• The disk devices must be owned by the user performing the grid
installation.
Check with your system administrator to determine if the disks used by
Oracle ASM are mirrored at the storage level. If so, select External for
the redundancy. If the disks are not mirrored at the storage level, then
select Normal for the redundancy.
• Every Oracle ASM disk is divided into allocation units (AU). An allocation
unit is the fundamental unit of allocation within a disk group. You can
select the AU Size value from 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 or 64 MB, depending on
the specific disk group compatibility level. The default value is 4 MB for
flex disk group and 1 MB for all other disk group types. On engineered
systems, the default value is 4 MB.
ASM Disk Group Options for Installation

Plan how you want to configure Oracle ASM disk groups for deployment.
During Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, you can create one Oracle ASM disk
group. After the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, you can create additional disk
groups using Oracle Automatic Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle
ASMCA), SQL*Plus, or Automatic Storage Management Command-Line Utility
(ASMCMD).
Related Topics
9-6
Chapter 9
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMFD
Using an Existing Oracle ASM Disk Group

Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Cloud Control or the Oracle ASM command line tool
(asmcmd) to identify existing disk groups, and to determine if sufficient space is
available in the disk group.
1. Connect to the Oracle ASM instance and start the instance if necessary:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd
ASMCMD> startup
2. Enter one of the following commands to view the existing disk groups, their
redundancy level, and the amount of free disk space in each one:
ASMCMD> lsdg
or
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd -p lsdg
The lsdg command lists information about mounted disk groups only.
3. From the output, identify a disk group with the appropriate redundancy level and
note the free space that it contains.
4. If necessary, install or identify the additional disk devices required to meet the
storage requirements for your installation.
Note:
If you are adding devices to an existing disk group, then Oracle recommends
that you use devices that have the same size and performance
characteristics as the existing devices in that disk group.
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle

ASMFD
Oracle ASM Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) maintains storage file path persistence and
helps to protect files from accidental overwrites.
The following references introduce you to Oracle ASMFD:
• About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASM Filter Driver
During Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, you can choose to install and
configure Oracle Automatic Storage Management Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD).
Oracle ASMFD helps prevent corruption in Oracle ASM disks and files within the
disk group.
9-7
Chapter 9
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic Storage Management
About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASM Filter Driver

During Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, you can choose to install and configure
Oracle Automatic Storage Management Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD). Oracle ASMFD
helps prevent corruption in Oracle ASM disks and files within the disk group.
Oracle ASM Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) rejects write I/O requests that are not issued
by Oracle software. This write filter helps to prevent users with administrative
privileges from inadvertently overwriting Oracle ASM disks, thus preventing corruption
in Oracle ASM disks and files within the disk group. For disk partitions, the area
protected is the area on the disk managed by Oracle ASMFD, assuming the partition
table is left untouched by the user.
Oracle ASMFD simplifies the configuration and management of disk devices by
eliminating the need to rebind disk devices used with Oracle ASM each time the
system is restarted.
If Oracle ASMLIB exists on your Linux system, then deinstall Oracle ASMLIB before
installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure, so that you can choose to install and configure
Oracle ASMFD during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
WARNING:
When you configure Oracle ASM, including Oracle ASMFD, do not modify or
erase the contents of the Oracle ASM disks, or modify any files, including the
configuration files.
Note:
Oracle ASMFD is supported on Linux x86–64 and Oracle Solaris operating
systems.
Related Topics
• Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMLIB
To use Oracle ASMLIB to configure Oracle ASM devices, complete the following
tasks:
Creating DAS or SAN Disk Partitions for Oracle Automatic

Storage Management
You can use direct-attached storage (DAS) and storage area network (SAN) disks with
Oracle ASM.
To use a DAS or SAN disk in Oracle ASM, Oracle recommends that the disk have a
partition table. Oracle recommends creating exactly one partition for each disk.
9-8
Chapter 9
Creating Directories for Oracle Database Files
Creating Directories for Oracle Database Files

You can store Oracle Database and recovery files on a separate file system from the
configuration files.
Perform this procedure to place the Oracle Database or recovery files on a separate
file system from the Oracle base directory:
1. Use the following command to determine the free disk space on each mounted file
system:
# df -h
2. Identify the file systems to use, from the display:
Option Description
Database Files Select one of the following:
• A single file system with at least 1.5 GB
of free disk space
• Two or more file systems with at least
3.5 GB of free disk space in total
Recovery Files Choose a file system with at least 2 GB of
free disk space
If you are using the same file system for multiple file types, then add the disk
space requirements for each type to determine the total disk space requirement.
3. Note the names of the mount point directories for the file systems that you
identified.
4. If the user performing installation has permissions to create directories on the
disks where you plan to install Oracle Database, then DBCA creates the Oracle
Database file directory, and the Recovery file directory. If the user performing
installation does not have write access, then you must create these directories
manually.
For example, given the user oracle and Oracle Inventory Group oinstall, and
using the paths /u03/oradata/wrk_area for Oracle Database files,
and /u01/oradata/rcv_area for the recovery area, these commands create
the recommended subdirectories in each of the mount point directories and set the
appropriate owner, group, and permissions on them:
• Database file directory:
# mkdir /u01/oradata/
# chown oracle:oinstall /u01/oradata/
# chmod 775 /mount_point/oradata
The default location for the database file directory is $ORACLE_BASE/

oradata.
9-9
Chapter 9
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
• Recovery file directory (fast recovery area):
# mkdir /u01/oradata/rcv_area
# chown oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle/fast_recovery_area
# chmod 775 /u01/oradata/rcv_area
The default fast recovery area is $ORACLE_BASE/fast_recovery_area.

Oracle recommends that you keep the fast recovery area on a separate
physical disk than that of the database file directory. This method enables you
to use the fast recovery area to retrieve data if the disk containing oradata is
unusable for any reason.
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle

Automatic Storage Management
If you have a certified NAS storage device, then you can create zero-padded files in an
NFS mounted directory and use those files as disk devices in an Oracle ASM disk
group.
Ensure that you specify the ASM discovery path for Oracle ASM disks.
During installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure, Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) can
create files in the NFS mounted directory you specify. The following procedure
explains how to manually create files in an NFS mounted directory to use as disk
devices in an Oracle ASM disk group:
1. If necessary, create an exported directory for the disk group files on the NAS
device.
2. Switch user to root.
3. Create a mount point directory on the local system.
For example:
# mkdir -p /mnt/oracleasm
4. To ensure that the NFS file system is mounted when the system restarts, add an
entry for the file system in the mount file /etc/fstab.
5. Enter a command similar to the following to mount the NFS on the local system:
# mount /mnt/oracleasm
6. Choose a name for the disk group to create, and create a directory for the files on
the NFS file system, using the disk group name as the directory name.
For example, if you want to set up a disk group for a sales database:
# mkdir /mnt/oracleasm/sales1
9-10
Chapter 9
Creating Files on a NAS Device for Use with Oracle Automatic Storage Management
7. Use commands similar to the following to create the required number of zero-
padded files in this directory:
# dd if=/dev/zero
of=/mnt/oracleasm/sales1/disk1 bs=1024k
count=1000
This example creates 1 GB files on the NFS file system. You must create one,
two, or three files respectively to create an external, normal, or high redundancy
disk group.
Note:
Creating multiple zero-padded files on the same NAS device does not
guard against NAS failure. Instead, create one file for each NAS device
and mirror them using the Oracle ASM technology.
8. Enter commands similar to the following to change the owner, group, and
permissions on the directory and files that you created:
# chown -R grid:asmadmin /mnt/oracleasm

# chmod -R 660 /mnt/oracleasm
In this example, the installation owner is grid and the OSASM group is asmadmin.
9. During Oracle Database installations, edit the Oracle ASM disk discovery string to
specify a regular expression that matches the file names you created.
For example:
/mnt/oracleasm/sales1/
Related Topics
• My Oracle Support Note 359515.1
9-11
10
Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server includes Oracle Restart and Oracle
Automatic Storage Management.
If you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and then create your
database, then the database is automatically added to the Oracle Restart
configuration. Oracle Restart automatically restarts the database when required.
If you install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server on a host computer on
which a database already exists, then you must manually add the database, the
listener, the Oracle ASM instance, and other components to the Oracle Restart
configuration before you are able to configure automatic database restarts.
Note:
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server can support multiple
single-instance databases on a single host computer.
• About Image-Based Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation

Starting with Oracle Grid Infrastructure 12c Release 2 (12.2), installation and
configuration of Oracle Grid Infrastructure software is simplified with image-based
installation.
• Setup Wizard Installation Options for Creating Images
Before you start the setup wizards for your Oracle Database or Oracle Grid
Infrastructure installation, decide if you want to use any of the available image-
creation options.
• Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database
Installation
Complete these steps to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
and then create a database that is managed by Oracle Restart.
• Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing
Database
Follow the high-level instructions in this section to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a standalone server and configure it for an existing Oracle Database.
• Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a Software-
Only Installation
A software-only installation only installs the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
standalone server binaries at the specified location. You must complete a few
manual configuration steps to enable Oracle Restart after you install the software.
• Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a single instance, use the ASMCMD
command-line utility to test the Oracle ASM installation.
10-1
Chapter 10
About Image-Based Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation
• Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After

Installation
After installation, if you do not patch binaries using OPatch with the opatchauto
flag, then you must stop the stack, modify the software, and and then restart the
stack.
• Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups Manually using Oracle ASMCA
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, you can also use
Oracle ASMCA to create and configure disk groups, Oracle ADVM, and Oracle
ACFS.
• Enabling Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart Configurations
You must enable root access to use Oracle ACFS.
• Applying Patches During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation or Upgrade
Starting with Oracle Grid Infrastructure 18c, you can download and apply Release
Updates (RUs) and one-off patches during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installation or upgrade.
About Image-Based Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation

Starting with Oracle Grid Infrastructure 12c Release 2 (12.2), installation and
configuration of Oracle Grid Infrastructure software is simplified with image-based
installation.
To install Oracle Grid Infrastructure, create the new Grid home with the necessary
user group permissions, and then extract the image file into the newly-created Grid
home, and run the setup wizard to register the Oracle Grid Infrastructure product.
Using image-based installation, you can do the following:
• Configure Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a new cluster.
• Configure Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server (Oracle Restart).
• Upgrade Oracle Grid Infrastructure.
• Setup software only.
• Add or remove nodes from your existing cluster, if the Oracle Grid Infrastructure
software is already installed or configured.
This installation feature streamlines the installation process and supports automation
of large-scale custom deployments. You can also use this installation method for
deployment of customized images, after you patch the base-release software with the
necessary Release Updates (RUs) or Release Update Revisions (RURs).
Note:
You must extract the image software into the directory where you want your
Grid home to be located, and then run the %ORACLE_HOME%\gridSetup.sh
script to start the Oracle Grid Infrastructure Setup Wizard. Ensure that the
Grid home directory path you create is in compliance with the Oracle Optimal
Flexible Architecture recommendations.
10-2
Chapter 10
Setup Wizard Installation Options for Creating Images

Infrastructure installation, decide if you want to use any of the available image-creation
options.
In image-based installations, you can start your Oracle Database installation or Oracle
Grid Infrastructure installations by running the setup wizards runInstaller and
gridSetup.sh respectively. Both these wizards come with the following image-
creation options.
Table 10-1 Image-Creation Options for Setup Wizard
Option Description
-createGoldImage Creates a gold image from the current Oracle home.
-destinationLocation Specify the complete path, or location, where the gold image will
be created.
-exclFiles Specify the complete paths to the files to be excluded from the
newly created gold image.
—help Displays help for all the available options.
For example:
./runInstaller -createGoldImage -destinationLocation /tmp/my_db_images
./gridSetup.sh -createGoldImage -destinationLocation /tmp/my_grid_images
Where:
/tmp/my_db_images is a temporary file location where the image zip file is created.
/tmp/my_grid_images is a temporary file location where the image zip file is

created.
/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/relnotes is the file to be
excluded in the newly created gold image.
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server

with a New Database Installation
Complete these steps to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server and
then create a database that is managed by Oracle Restart.
Install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, which installs Oracle Restart
and Oracle ASM, and creates one disk group.
You should have your network information, storage information, and operating system
users and groups available to you before you start the installation. You should also be
prepared to run root scripts or provide information to automate root scripts.
10-3
Chapter 10
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database Installation
1. Log in as the Oracle Restart software owner user (oracle).

2. If this is the first time you are installing Oracle software, then create the Oracle
base and the Oracle inventory directories as per the Oracle Optimal Flexible
Architecture (OFA) recommendations. Specify the correct owner, group, and
permissions for these directories.
# mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle
# mkdir -p /u01/app/oraInventory
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oraInventory
# chmod -R 775 /u01/app
3. Download the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation image
files, create the grid home directory, and extract the image files in this grid home
directory.
For example:
$ mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
$ unzip -q /tmp/grid_home.zip
Note:
Ensure that the Grid home directory path you create is in compliance
with the Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture recommendations. Also,
unzip the installation image files only in this Grid home directory that you
created.
4. Configure and provision the shared disks for use with Oracle ASM Filter Driver
(Oracle ASMFD).
a. Log in as root and set $ORACLE_HOME to the grid home location
and $ORACLE_BASE to a temporary location.
su root
# set ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
# set ORACLE_BASE=/tmp
You set $ORACLE_BASE to a temporary location to avoid creating diagnostic

or trace files in the Grid home before the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
b. Use the ASMCMD afd_label command to provision disk devices for use
with Oracle ASM Filter Driver. For example:
# cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/bin
# ./asmcmd afd_label DATA1 /dev/sdb --init
# ./asmcmd afd_label DATA2 /dev/sdc --init
# ./asmcmd afd_label DATA3 /dev/sdd --init
10-4
Chapter 10
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database Installation
c. Use the ASMCMD afd_lslbl command to verify the device has been
marked for use with Oracle ASMFD. For example:
# ./asmcmd afd_lslbl /dev/sdb

# ./asmcmd afd_lslbl /dev/sdc
# ./asmcmd afd_lslbl /dev/sdd
d. Unset $ORACLE_BASE.
# unset ORACLE_BASE
5. Log in as the Oracle Restart software owner user amd run gridSetup.sh to start
the Oracle Grid Infrastructure setup wizard:
$ Grid_home/gridSetup.sh
Where Grid_home is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory.
Note:
You can use the gridSetup.sh command with the -applyRU and -
applyOneOffs options to install Release Updates (RUs) and one-off
patches during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation or upgrade.
6. In the Select Configuration Option screen, select the Configure Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a Standalone Server (Oracle Restart) option to install and
configure Oracle Restart and Oracle ASM. Click Next.
7. During installation, disk paths mounted on Oracle ASM and registered on Oracle
ASMFD with the string AFD:* are listed as default database storage candidate
disks.
8. Configure Oracle ASM as needed with additional disk groups.
• The default Disk Group Name is DATA. You can enter a new name for the
disk group, or use the default name.
• Any additional disk devices that you create must be owned by the user
performing the grid installation.
9. If you want to use Oracle ASM Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) to manage your
Oracle ASM disk devices, then select Configure Oracle ASM Filter Driver on the
Create ASM Disk Group screen.
On Linux, if you want to use Oracle ASM Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) to manage
your Oracle ASM disk devices, then you must deinstall Oracle ASM library driver
(Oracle ASMLIB) before you start the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation.
10. Respond to the configuration prompts as needed to configure Oracle Grid
Infrastructure. Click Help for information.
11. Provide information to automate root scripts, or run scripts as root when prompted
by OUI.
If you configure automation for running root scripts, and a root script fails, then you
can fix the problem manually, and click Retry to run the root script again.
10-5
Chapter 10
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server for an Existing Database
12. Start the Oracle Database installation, and select Oracle ASM disk groups for
Oracle Database files storage. For assistance during installation, click Help on the
Oracle Universal Installer page where you need more information.
Related Topics
• Optimal Flexible Architecture
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) rules are a set of configuration
guidelines created to ensure well-organized Oracle installations, which simplifies
administration, support and maintenance.
• Deinstalling Oracle ASMLIB On Oracle Database
If Oracle ASM library driver (Oracle ASMLIB) is installed but you do not use it for
device path persistence, then deinstall Oracle ASMLIB:
Related Topics
• Applying Patches During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation or Upgrade
Updates (RUs) and one-off patches during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure

for an Existing Database
Follow the high-level instructions in this section to install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for
a standalone server and configure it for an existing Oracle Database.
Oracle Restart can manage resources from the same release and releases up to one
version lower than Oracle Restart. For instance, you can install Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server 19c (Oracle Restart) to provide services for
Oracle Database 19c and Oracle Database 18c. Earlier Oracle Database releases can
coexist on the same server without being managed by Oracle Restart.
To install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server for a database that is
already installed:
1. On the same host computer as the database, install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for
a standalone server, and select Configure Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Standalone Server (Oracle Restart) as the installation option. See, “Installing
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New Database
Installation” in Oracle Database Installation Guide.
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server components are installed in
an Oracle Grid Infrastructure Oracle home (Grid home), which is in a different
location from existing Oracle Database homes.
2. If you have an existing Oracle Database, then register it for High Availability with
Oracle Restart using the srvctl command:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/bin
$ srvctl add database -db dbname -o oracle_home_path
10-6
Chapter 10
Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Using a Software-Only Installation
Related Topics
Installation

Using a Software-Only Installation
A software-only installation only installs the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
server binaries at the specified location. You must complete a few manual
configuration steps to enable Oracle Restart after you install the software.
• About Oracle Grid Infrastructure Software-Only Installations
Manually installing and configuring the software binaries for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure.
• Installing Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Use this procedure to do a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a standalone server.
• Configuring Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone
Server
Use these steps to configure and activate a software-only Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server installation for Oracle Restart.
About Oracle Grid Infrastructure Software-Only Installations

Manually installing and configuring the software binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure.
Oracle recommends that only advanced users perform software-only installations,
because this installation method provides no validation of the installation, and this
installation option requires manual postinstallation steps to enable the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server software.
Performing a software-only installation requires the following steps:
1. Installing the software binaries.
2. Configuring the software binaries.
Installing Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a

Standalone Server
Use this procedure to do a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
standalone server.
1. Log in as the Oracle Restart software owner user (oracle).
2. Download the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation image
files, create the Grid home directory, and extract the image files in this Grid home
directory.
10-7
Chapter 10
For example:
$ mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
$ chown oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
$ unzip -q /tmp/grid_home.zip
Note:
Ensure that the Grid home directory path you create is in compliance
unzip the installation image files only in this Grid home directory that you
created.
3. Ensure that you complete all the storage and server preinstallation requirements.
Verify that your server meets the installation requirements using the following
command:
$ runcluvfy.sh stage -pre hacfg
4. Run gridSetup.sh to start the Oracle Grid Infrastructure setup wizard:
$ Grid_home/gridSetup.sh
Where, Grid_home is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory.
Note:
You must install Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server from
the Oracle Grid Infrastructure media.
5. In the Select Configuration Option screen, select the Set Up Software Only option
to perform a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
standalone server. Click Next.
6. Respond to the prompts as needed to set up Oracle Grid Infrastructure. Click Help
for information.
7. The Oracle Grid Infrastructure setup wizard prompts you to run the root.sh
script and, if required, the orainstRoot.sh script.
8. The root.sh script output provides information about how to proceed,
depending on the configuration you plan to complete in this installation. Note this
information.
10-8
Chapter 10
Configuring Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a

Standalone Server
Use these steps to configure and activate a software-only Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a standalone server installation for Oracle Restart.
Configuring With Oracle Automatic Storage Management

1. Install the software binaries. See, “Installing Software Binaries for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a Standalone Server” in Oracle Database Installation Guide.
2. Run gridSetup.sh to start the Oracle Grid Infrastructure setup wizard.
See, “Installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server with a New
Database Installation” in Oracle Database Installation Guide.
Configuring Without Oracle Automatic Storage Management

1. Log in as root and run the roothas.sh script located in the Grid_home path,
using the following syntax:
# cd Grid_home/crs/install
# ./roothas.sh
Where, Grid_home is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory.

For example:
# cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/crs/install
# ./roothas.sh
2. Change directory to the path Grid_home/oui/bin.

3. Log in as the Oracle Restart software owner user and use the following command
syntax, where Grid_home is the path of the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
standalone server home.
$ ./runInstaller -updateNodeList ORACLE_HOME=Grid_home -defaultHomeName

CLUSTER_NODES= CRS=TRUE
For example:
$ ./runInstaller -updateNodeList ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/

19.0.0/grid
-defaultHomeName CLUSTER_NODES= CRS=TRUE
4. Use the SRVCTL utility along with Oracle Network Configuration Assistant to add
the listener to the Oracle Restart configuration.
10-9
Chapter 10
Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management Installation
Note:
This procedure does not work for Oracle Restart upgrades from previous
releases.
Related Topics
• Installing Software Binaries for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server
Use this procedure to do a software-only installation of Oracle Grid Infrastructure
for a standalone server.
Installation
Testing the Oracle Automatic Storage Management

Installation
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a single instance, use the ASMCMD
command-line utility to test the Oracle ASM installation.
1. Open a shell window, and temporarily set the ORACLE_SID and ORACLE_HOME
environment variables to specify the appropriate values for the Oracle ASM
instance to use.
For example, if the Oracle ASM SID is named +ASM and the Oracle home is
located in the grid subdirectory of the ORACLE_BASE directory, then enter the
following commands to create the required settings:
Bourne, Bash or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_SID=+ASM
$ export ORACLE_SID
$ ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
$ export ORACLE_HOME
C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_SID +ASM

% setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
2. Use ASMCMD to list the disk groups for the Oracle ASM instance:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/asmcmd lsdg
If the Oracle ASM instance is running, then ASMCMD connects by default as the
SYS user with SYSASM privileges, and is available.
10-10
Chapter 10
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After Installation
3. If the Oracle ASM instance is not running, then start the Oracle ASM instance
using the following command:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/srvctl start asm
Related Topics
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server

Binaries After Installation
After installation, if you do not patch binaries using OPatch with the opatchauto flag,
then you must stop the stack, modify the software, and and then restart the stack.
You must first stop the Oracle Restart stack to modify the software installed in your
Grid home. For example, to apply a one-off patch or modify any of the dynamic link
libraries (DLLs) used by Oracle Restart or Oracle ASM, you must stop the stack
manually, modify the software, and then restart the stack.
However, if you run the OPatch utility with the auto option, opatchauto, then OPatch
stops and starts the software stack for you. If you run OPatch with the apply option,
opatch apply, then you must also stop and restart the stack manually .
You must relink the Oracle Restart and Oracle ASM binaries every time you apply an
operating system patch or after an operating system upgrade.
Caution:
Before relinking executables, you must shut down all executables that run in
the Oracle home directory that you are relinking. In addition, shut down
applications linked with Oracle shared libraries.
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries

1. Log in as the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server software owner
user and change the directory to the path Grid_home/bin, where Grid_home is the
path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home:
$ cd Grid_home/bin
2. Shut down the Oracle Restart stack using the following command:
$ crsctl stop has -f
3. Log in as root and unlock the grid home:
# roothas.sh -unlock
4. Apply the patches using opatch apply.
10-11
Chapter 10
Modifying Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone Server Binaries After Installation
5. Relink the binaries.
$ export ORACLE_HOME=Grid_home
$ Grid_home/bin/relink
6. Lock the grid home:
# roothas.sh -lock
7. Enter the following command to restart the Oracle Restart stack:
$ crsctl start has
Relinking the Oracle Restart and Oracle ASM Binaries

1. Log in as root and unlock the grid home:
# roothas.sh -unlock
2. Log in as the grid user and relink the binaries:
$ export ORACLE_HOME=Grid_home
$ Grid_home/bin/relink
3. Log in as root again and perform the following steps:
# cd Grid_home/rdbms/install/
# ./rootadd_rdbms.sh
# roothas.sh -lock
Note:
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1.0.2), the
roothas.sh script replaces the roothas.pl script in the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure home.
Related Topics
• Oracle OPatch User's Guide for Windows and UNIX
10-12
Chapter 10
Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups Manually using Oracle ASMCA
Configuring Oracle ASM Disk Groups Manually using Oracle

ASMCA
After installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server, you can also use
Oracle ASMCA to create and configure disk groups, Oracle ADVM, and Oracle ACFS.
During Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation, Oracle Automatic
Storage Management Configuration Assistant (Oracle ASMCA) utility creates a new
Oracle Automatic Storage Management instance if there is no Oracle ASM instance
currently configured on the computer. After installation, you can create and configure
additional disk groups, and you can configure Oracle ADVM and Oracle ACFS.
To create disk groups or manually configure Oracle ASM disks, start Oracle ASMCA,
where Grid_home is the path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home:
$ cd Grid_home/bin
$ ./asmca
Related Topics
Enabling Oracle ACFS on Oracle Restart Configurations

You must enable root access to use Oracle ACFS.
To enable root access, log in as root, navigate to the path Grid_home/crs/install,
and run the script roothas.sh —lockacfs.
Where, Grid_home is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory path.
For example:
# roothas.sh -lockacfs
Note:
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1.0.2), the roothas.sh
script replaces the roothas.pl script in the Oracle Grid Infrastructure
home.
Applying Patches During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure

Installation or Upgrade
Updates (RUs) and one-off patches during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation or
upgrade.
10-13
Chapter 10
Applying Patches During an Oracle Grid Infrastructure Installation or Upgrade
1. Download the patches you want to apply from My Oracle Support:

2. Select the Patches and Updates tab to locate the patch.
Oracle recommends that you select Recommended Patch Advisor, and enter
the product group, release, and platform for your software.
3. Move the patches to an accessible directory like /tmp.
4. Change to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home directory:
5. Apply Release Updates (RUs) and any one-off patches during the installation or
upgrade process:
$ ./gridSetup.sh -applyRU patch_directory_location -applyOneOffs

comma_seperated_list_of_patch_directory_locations
Note:
You can apply RUs and one-off patches separately or together in the
same command.
6. Complete the remaining steps in the Oracle Grid Infrastructure configuration

wizard to complete the installation or upgrade.
10-14
11
Installing Oracle Database
Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation software is available as
image-based zip files in multiple media, and can be installed using several options.
The Oracle Database software is available on installation media, or you can download
it from the Oracle Technology Network website, or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud
portal. In most cases, you use the graphical user interface (GUI) provided by Oracle
Universal Installer to install the software. However, you can also use Oracle Universal
Installer to complete silent mode installations, without using the GUI. You can also use
Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid
Infrastructure (clusterware) deployments.
Note:
To install Oracle Database files on Oracle Automatic Storage Management
(Oracle ASM), you must first complete an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
standalone server installation. Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
server includes Oracle Restart and Oracle ASM.
To upgrade an existing Oracle ASM installation, upgrade Oracle ASM by
running an Oracle Grid Infrastructure upgrade. If you do not have Oracle
ASM installed and you want to use Oracle ASM as your storage option, then
you must complete an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server
installation before you start your Oracle Database installation.
You cannot use Oracle Universal Installer from an earlier Oracle release to
install components from this release.
• About Image-Based Oracle Database Installation

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, installation and configuration of Oracle
Database software is simplified with image-based installation.
• About Deploying Oracle Database Using Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning
You can use Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning (Oracle FPP) to provision
Oracle Database software.
• Accessing the Installation Software
You can download Oracle Database software from the Oracle Technology
Network website or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal. In some cases,
Oracle Database software may be available on installation media also.
• About Character Set Selection During Installation
Before you create the database, decide the character set that you want to use.
• About Automatic Memory Management Installation Options
Decide if you want to configure Automatic Memory Management during
installation.
11-1
Chapter 11
About Image-Based Oracle Database Installation
• Running the Installer in a Different Language

Describes how to run the installer in other languages.
• Installing the Oracle Database Software
These topics explain how to run Oracle Universal Installer to perform most
database installations.
• Installing Oracle Database Using RPM Packages
Learn how to leverage and take advantage of an RPM framework to easily deploy
Oracle Database.
About Image-Based Oracle Database Installation

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, installation and configuration of Oracle Database
software is simplified with image-based installation.
To install Oracle Database, create the new Oracle home, extract the image file into the
newly-created Oracle home, and run the setup wizard to register the Oracle Database
product.
Using image-based installation, you can install and upgrade Oracle Database for
single-instance and cluster configurations.
This installation feature streamlines the installation process and supports automation
of large-scale custom deployments. You can also use this installation method for
deployment of customized images, after you patch the base-release software with the
necessary Release Updates (Updates) or Release Update Revisions (Revisions).
Note:
You must extract the image software (db_home.zip) into the directory
where you want your Oracle Database home to be located, and then run the
Oracle Database Setup Wizard to start the Oracle Database installation and
configuration. Oracle recommends that the Oracle home directory path you
create is in compliance with the Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture
recommendations.
About Deploying Oracle Database Using Oracle Fleet

Patching and Provisioning
You can use Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning (Oracle FPP) to provision Oracle
Database software.
Starting with Oracle Database 19c, Rapid Home Provisioning is renamed to Oracle
Fleet Patching and Provisioning (Oracle FPP).
With Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning, you create, store, and manage templates
of Oracle homes as images (called gold images) of Oracle software, such as
databases, middleware, and applications. You can make a working copy of any gold
image and then you can provision that working copy to any node in the data center or
cloud computing environment.
11-2
Chapter 11
Accessing the Installation Software
You can use Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning to provision, patch, and upgrade
single-instance databases running on Oracle Restart, on clusters, or on single,
standalone nodes. These may be on nodes with or without Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installed.
Note:
Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning is not supported on Microsoft
Windows and HP-UX Itanium systems.
Related Topics

You can download Oracle Database software from the Oracle Technology Network
website or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal. In some cases, Oracle Database
software may be available on installation media also.
To install the software from the hard disk, you must either download it and unpack it,
or copy it from the installation media, if you have it.
• Downloading Oracle Software
Select the method you want to use to download the software.
• Copying the Software to the Hard Disk
Oracle recommends that you copy the installation software to the hard disk to
enable the installation to run faster.
Downloading Oracle Software

You can download the trial version of the installation files from the Oracle Technology
Network (OTN) or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal and extract them on your
hard disk. Ensure that you review and understand the terms of the license.
• Downloading the Installation Archive Files from OTN
Download installation archive files from Oracle Technology Network (OTN).
• Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal
You can download the software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud as Media
Packs.
Downloading the Installation Archive Files from OTN

Download installation archive files from Oracle Technology Network (OTN).
1. Use any browser to access the software download page from Oracle Technology
Network:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/downloads/index.html
11-3
Chapter 11
2. Go to the download page for the product to install.

3. On the download page, identify the required disk space by adding the file sizes for
each required file.
The file sizes are listed next to the file names.
4. Select a file system with enough free space to store and expand the archive files.
In most cases, the available disk space must be at least twice the size of all of the
archive files.
5. On the file system, create a parent directory for each product (for example,
OraDB19c) to hold the installation directories.
6. Download all of the installation archive files to the directory you created for the
product.
Note:
For Oracle Database Client installations, there are two installation
archive files available for download. The first file is the client installation
binary and the second file is a client gold image file. Download the
appropriate zip file based on the type of installation you want to perform.
7. Verify that the files you downloaded are the same size as the corresponding files
on Oracle Technology Network. Also verify the checksums are the same as noted
on Oracle Technology Network using a command similar to the following, where
filename is the name of the file you downloaded:
cksum filename.zip
8. Extract the files in each directory that you just created.
Downloading the Software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud Portal

You can download the software from Oracle Software Delivery Cloud as Media Packs.
A Media Pack is an electronic version of the software that is also available to Oracle
customers on CD-ROM or DVD.
1. Use any browser to access the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal:
https://edelivery.oracle.com/
2. Complete the export validation process by entering information (name, company,
email address, and country) in the online form.
3. In the Media Pack Search page, specify the product pack and platform to identify
the media pack that you want to download. If you do not know the name of the
product pack, then you can search for it using the license list.
4. Optionally, select the relevant product to download from the Results list.
5. In the search results page, click Readme to download and review the readme file
for download instructions and product information.
6. After you review the readme file, select the media pack that you want to download
from the search results to download the individual zip files for the media pack, and
11-4
Chapter 11
follow the Download Notes instructions in this page. After you download and
extract the contents of the zip files, you can install the software.
Note:
Print the page with the list of downloadable files. It contains a list of part
numbers and their corresponding descriptions that you may refer during
the installation process.
7. After you download the files, click View Digest to verify that the MD5 or SHA-1
checksum matches the value listed on the media download page.
Copying the Software to the Hard Disk

Oracle recommends that you copy the installation software to the hard disk to enable
the installation to run faster.
Before copying the installation media content to the hard disk, you must mount the
disk. Review these sections if you need instructions for how to mount the installation
media and copy its contents to the hard disk.
• Mounting Disks on Linux Systems
On most Linux systems, the disk mounts automatically when you insert it into the
disk drive. If the disk does not mount automatically, then follow these steps to
mount it.
Mounting Disks on Linux Systems

On most Linux systems, the disk mounts automatically when you insert it into the disk
drive. If the disk does not mount automatically, then follow these steps to mount it.
1. If necessary, log in as the root user and enter a command similar to one of the
following to eject the currently mounted disk, then remove it from the drive:
• Oracle Linux and Red Hat Enterprise Linux:
# eject /mnt/dvd
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Server:
# eject /media/dvd
In these examples, /mnt/dvd and /media/dvd are the mount point directories
for the installation media.
2. Insert the appropriate installation media into the disk drive.
3. To verify if the disk is mounted automatically, enter one of the following commands
depending on the platform:
# ls /mnt/dvd
11-5
Chapter 11
About Character Set Selection During Installation
# ls /media/dvd
If this command fails to display the contents of the installation media, then enter a
command similar to the following to mount it, depending on the platform:
# mount -t iso9660 /dev/dvd /mnt/dvd
# mount -t iso9660 /dev/dvd /media/dvd
In these examples, /mnt/dvd and /media/dvd are the mount point directories
for the installation media.
Note:
Ensure that the /mnt/dvd directory exists on Red Hat Enterprise Linux. If
it does not, then create the /mnt/dvd mount point to mount the
installation media.
About Character Set Selection During Installation

Before you create the database, decide the character set that you want to use.
After a database is created, changing its character set is usually very expensive in
terms of time and resources. Such operations may require converting all character
data by exporting the whole database and importing it back. Therefore, it is important
that you carefully select the database character set at installation time.
Oracle Database uses character sets for the following:
• Data stored in SQL character data types (CHAR, VARCHAR2, CLOB, and LONG).
• Identifiers such as table names, column names, and PL/SQL variables.
• Stored SQL and PL/SQL source code, including text literals embedded in this
code.
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2), the default database character
set of a database created from the General Purpose/Transaction Processing or the
Data Warehousing template is Unicode AL32UTF8.
Unicode is the universal character set that supports most of the currently spoken
languages of the world. It also supports many historical scripts (alphabets). Unicode is
the native encoding of many technologies, including Java, XML, XHTML, ECMAScript,
and LDAP. Unicode is ideally suited for databases supporting the Internet and the
global economy.
Because AL32UTF8 is a multibyte character set, database operations on character data
may be slightly slower when compared to single-byte database character sets, such as
WE8ISO8859P1 or WE8MSWIN1252. Storage space requirements for text in most
11-6
Chapter 11
About Automatic Memory Management Installation Options
languages that use characters outside of the ASCII repertoire are higher in AL32UTF8
compared to legacy character sets supporting the language. English data may require
more space only if stored in CLOB (character large object) columns. Storage for non-
character data types, such as NUMBER or DATE, does not depend on a character set.
The universality and flexibility of Unicode usually outweighs these additional costs.
Consider legacy character sets only when the database needs to support a single
group of languages and the use of a legacy character set is critical for fulfilling
compatibility, storage, or performance requirements. The database character set to be
selected in this case is the character set of most clients connecting to this database.
The database character set of a multitenant container database (CDB) determines
which databases can be plugged in later. Ensure that the character set you choose for
the CDB is compatible with the database character sets of the databases to be
plugged into this CDB. If you use Unicode AL32UTF8 as your CDB character set, then
you can plug in a pluggable database (PDB) in any database character set supported
by Oracle Database (with the exception of EBCDIC-based character sets).
See Also:
Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for more information about
choosing a database character set for a multitenant container database
(CDB)
About Automatic Memory Management Installation Options

Decide if you want to configure Automatic Memory Management during installation.
During a Typical installation, you create your database with Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant (DBCA), and automatic memory management is enabled. If
you choose Advanced installation, then you can either specify memory allocation
manually, or enable automatic memory management.
If the total physical memory of your database instance is greater than 4 GB, then you
cannot select the Oracle Automatic Memory Management option during database
installation and creation. Instead, use automatic shared memory management.
Automatic shared memory management automatically distributes the available
memory among the various components as required, allowing the system to maximize
the use of all available SGA memory.
With automatic memory management, the Oracle Database instances automatically
manage and tune memory for you. With automatic memory management, you choose
a memory target, and the instance automatically distributes memory between the
system global area (SGA) and the instance program global area (instance PGA). As
memory requirements change, the instance dynamically redistributes memory
between the SGA and instance PGA.
You can enable automatic memory management either during, or after the database
installation. Enabling automatic memory management after installation involves a
shutdown and restart of the database.
11-7
Chapter 11
Running the Installer in a Different Language
Note:
By default, automatic memory management is disabled when you perform
typical installation on a node that has more than 4 GB of RAM.
Related Topics
Running the Installer in a Different Language

Describes how to run the installer in other languages.
Your operating system locale determines the language in which the database installer
runs. You can run the installer in one of these languages:
• Brazilian Portuguese (pt_BR)
• French (fr)
• German (de)
• Italian (it)
• Japanese (ja)
• Korean (ko)
• Simplified Chinese (zh_CN)
• Spanish (es)
• Traditional Chinese (zh_TW)
To run the database installer in a supported language, change the locale in which your
operating system session is running before you start the installer.
If the selected language is not one of the supported languages, then the installer runs
in English.
Installing the Oracle Database Software

These topics explain how to run Oracle Universal Installer to perform most database
installations.
11-8
Chapter 11
Note:
• If you plan to use Oracle Restart or Oracle ASM, then you must install
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server before you install and
create the database. Otherwise, you must manually register the
database with Oracle Restart.
• You may have to shut down existing Oracle processes before you start
the database installation.
• You can install Oracle Database by using the silent or response file
installation method, without the GUI. This method is useful to perform
multiple installations of Oracle Database.
• Setup Wizard Installation Options for Creating Images

• Applying Patches During an Oracle Database Installation or Upgrade
Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can download and apply Release Updates
(RUs) during an Oracle Database installation or upgrade.
the installation.

Infrastructure installation, decide if you want to use any of the available image-creation
options.
In image-based installations, you can start your Oracle Database installation or Oracle
Grid Infrastructure installations by running the setup wizards runInstaller and
gridSetup.sh respectively. Both these wizards come with the following image-
creation options.
Table 11-1 Image-Creation Options for Setup Wizard
Option Description
-createGoldImage Creates a gold image from the current Oracle home.
-destinationLocation Specify the complete path, or location, where the gold image will
be created.
-exclFiles Specify the complete paths to the files to be excluded from the
newly created gold image.
—help Displays help for all the available options.
For example:
./runInstaller -createGoldImage -destinationLocation /tmp/my_db_images
./gridSetup.sh -createGoldImage -destinationLocation /tmp/my_grid_images
11-9
Chapter 11
Where:
/tmp/my_db_images is a temporary file location where the image zip file is created.
/tmp/my_grid_images is a temporary file location where the image zip file is

created.
/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/relnotes is the file to be
excluded in the newly created gold image.
Applying Patches During an Oracle Database Installation or Upgrade

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can download and apply Release Updates
(RUs) during an Oracle Database installation or upgrade.
1. Download the patches you want to apply from My Oracle Support:
2. Select the Patches and Updates tab to locate the patch.
Oracle recommends that you select Recommended Patch Advisor, and enter
the product group, release, and platform for your software.
3. Move the patches to an accessible directory like /tmp.
4. Change to the Oracle Database home directory:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME
5. Apply Release Updates (RUs) during the installation or upgrade process:
$ ./runInstaller -applyRU patch_directory_location
6. Complete the remaining steps in the Oracle Database configuration wizard to

complete the installation or upgrade.
Running Oracle Database Setup Wizard to Install Oracle Database

Extract the database image files and use the runInstaller command to start the
installation.
Have all the information you need to provide regarding users groups, and storage
paths before you start installation. Oracle recommends that you have your My Oracle
Support credentials available during installation. You should also be prepared to run
root scripts or provide information to automate root scripts.
1. Log in as the Oracle installation owner user account (oracle) that you want to own
the software binaries.
2. If this is the first time you are installing Oracle software, then create the Oracle
base and the Oracle inventory directories as per the Oracle Optimal Flexible
Architecture (OFA) recommendations. Specify the correct owner, group, and
permissions for these directories.
# mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle
# mkdir -p /u01/app/oraInventory
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle
11-10
Chapter 11
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oraInventory

# chmod -R 775 /u01/app
3. Download the Oracle Database installation image files (db_home.zip) to a

directory of your choice. For example, you can download the image files to
the /tmp directory.
4. Create an OFA-compliant Oracle home directory and extract the image files that
you have downloaded in to this Oracle home directory. For example:
$ mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
$ unzip -q /tmp/db_home.zip
Note:
Ensure that the Oracle home directory path you create is in compliance
with the Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture recommendations. Unzip
the installation image files only to the Oracle home directory that you
created.
5. From the Oracle home directory, run the runInstaller command to start the
Oracle Database Setup Wizard.
$ ./runInstaller
Note:
• Run the runInstaller command from the Oracle home directory

only. Do not use the runInstaller command that resides
at $ORACLE_HOME/oui/bin/, or any other location, to install
Oracle Database, Oracle Database Client, or Oracle Grid
Infrastructure.
• Use the runInstaller command with the -applyRU option to
install Release Updates (RUs) during an Oracle Database
6. In the Select Configuration Option screen, select Create and configure a single
instance database.
7. Select your installation type.

Installation screens vary depending on the installation option you select. Respond
to the configuration prompts as needed.
8. Provide information to automate root scripts, or run scripts as root when prompted
by the setup wizard.
11-11
Chapter 11
Installing Oracle Database Using RPM Packages
If you configure automation for running root scripts, and a root script fails, then you
can fix the problem manually, and click Retry to run the root script again.
Note:
Click Help if you have any questions about the information you are
asked to submit during installation.
Related Topics
• Downloading Oracle Software

Learn how to leverage and take advantage of an RPM framework to easily deploy
Oracle Database.
• About RPM-Based Oracle Database Installation
Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can install a single-instance Oracle
Database or an Oracle Database Instant Client software using RPM packages.
• Restrictions and Guidelines for RPM-Based Installations
Review these guidelines before you start your RPM-based Oracle Database
installation.
• RPM Packages Naming Convention
The RPM packages naming convention includes information such as the version,
release, and architecture.
• Running RPM Packages to Install Oracle Database
Perform the following steps to install and configure Oracle Database using RPM
packages.
About RPM-Based Oracle Database Installation

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can install a single-instance Oracle Database
or an Oracle Database Instant Client software using RPM packages.
An RPM-based installation performs preinstallation checks, extracts the database
software, reassigns ownership of the extracted software to the preconfigured user and
groups, maintains the Oracle inventory, and executes all root operations required to
configure the Oracle Database software for a single-instance Oracle Database
creation and configuration.
The RPM–based installation process detects when the minimum requirements for an
installation are not met and prompts you to finish these minimum preinstallation
requirements.
An RPM-based installation performs a software-only Oracle Database installation and
creates an Oracle home. After the Oracle home is created, you can then use Oracle
Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) to create an Oracle Database.
The RPM-based installation process provides you with the option to create a database
with the default settings using the /etc/init.d/oracledb_ORCLCDB-19c service
configuration script.
11-12
Chapter 11
Restrictions and Guidelines for RPM-Based Installations

Review these guidelines before you start your RPM-based Oracle Database
installation.
• Patching Oracle Database software using RPMs is not supported. Please use the
OPatch utility and follow the regular patching process to apply Oracle Database
patches.
• An RPM-based Oracle Database installation is not available for Standard Edition
2.
• RPM-based database upgrades using rpm -Uvh is not supported. For Oracle
Database upgrades, follow the regular upgrade process.
• An RPM-based installation supports the installation of multiple Oracle Database
software versions into different Oracle homes on the same machine.
RPM Packages Naming Convention

The RPM packages naming convention includes information such as the version,
release, and architecture.
The naming convention for RPM packages is name-version-release.architecture.rpm
The following table describes the variables used in the RPM oracle-database-
ee-19c-1.0-1.x86_64.rpm
Table 11-2 RPM Packages Naming Convention Example
Variable Example Description

name oracle-database- The name of the Oracle
ee-19c Database edition and release.
version 1.0 The version number of the

RPM package.
release 1 The release number of the
RPM package.
architecture x86_64 The architecture of the RPM
package.
Related Topics
• RPM Packaging Guide
• Format of the RPM File
Running RPM Packages to Install Oracle Database

Perform the following steps to install and configure Oracle Database using RPM
packages.
Installing Oracle Database RPM with ULN Support

1. Log in as root.
11-13
Chapter 11
2. If you are using Oracle Linux and have subscribed to Unbreakable Linux Network
(ULN), you can install Oracle Database via a single yum command.
# yum -y install oracle-database-ee-19c
This command downloads and installs the Oracle Preinstallation RPM and the
Oracle Database RPM packages.
The installation of Oracle Database software is now complete, continue to the
"Creating and Configuring an Oracle Database" section.
Installing Oracle Database RPM Manually

1. Log in as root.
2. Download and install the Oracle Preinstallation RPM:
a. On Oracle Linux
# yum -y install oracle-database-preinstall-19c
b. On Red Hat Enterprise Linux
# curl -o oracle-database-preinstall-19c-1.0-1.el7.x86_64.rpm
https://yum.oracle.com/repo/OracleLinux/OL7/latest/x86_64/
getPackage/oracle-database-preinstall-19c-1.0-1.el7.x86_64.rpm
# yum -y localinstall oracle-database-
preinstall-19c-1.0-1.el7.x86_64.rpm
After successful installation, you can delete the downloaded RPM file:
# rm oracle-database-preinstall-19c-1.0-1.el7.x86_64.rpm
3. Access the software download page for Oracle Database RPM-based installation
from Oracle Technology Network:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/indexes/downloads/index.html
4. Download the .rpm file required for performing an RPM-based installation to a
directory of your choice. For example, download the oracle-database-
ee-19c-1.0-1.x86_64.rpm file to the /tmp directory.
5. Install the database software using the yum localinstall command.
# cd /tmp
# yum -y localinstall oracle-database-ee-19c-1.0-1.x86_64.rpm
Where, oracle-database-ee-19c-1.0-1.x86_64.rpm is the fully qualified

name of the Oracle Database RPM.
The installation of Oracle Database software is now complete.
Creating and Configuring an Oracle Database

To create a sample database with the default settings, perform the following steps:
1. Log in as root.
11-14
Chapter 11
2. To configure a sample Oracle Database instance, run the following service

configuration script:
# /etc/init.d/oracledb_ORCLCDB-19c configure
Note:
You can modify the configuration parameters by editing the /etc/
sysconfig/oracledb_ORCLCDB-19c.conf file.
This script creates a container database (ORCLCDB) with one pluggable database
(ORCLPDB1) and configures the listener at the default port (1521).
Review the status information that is displayed on your screen.
Related Topics
• Accessing the Installation Software
You can download Oracle Database software from the Oracle Technology
Network website or the Oracle Software Delivery Cloud portal. In some cases,
Oracle Database software may be available on installation media also.
• Removing an RPM-based Oracle Database Installation
Use this procedure to remove and deinstall a database installed using the yum
command.
11-15
12
Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks
Complete configuration tasks after you install Oracle Database.
You are required to complete some configuration tasks after Oracle Database is
installed. In addition, Oracle recommends that you complete additional tasks
immediately after installation. You must also complete product-specific configuration
tasks before you use those products.
Note:
This chapter describes basic configuration only. Refer to product-specific
administration and tuning guides for more detailed configuration and tuning
information.
• Required Postinstallation Tasks

Download and apply required patches for your software release after completing
your initial installation.
• Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
Oracle recommends that you complete these tasks after installation.
• About Changes in Default SGA Permissions for Oracle Database
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2.0.1), by default, permissions to
read and write to the System Global Area (SGA) are limited to the Oracle software
installation owner.
• Checking Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location
Use these steps to check the contents and directory location of an Oracle
Database installation:
• Enabling and Disabling Oracle Database Options After Installation
The chopt tool changes your database options after installation.
• Starting Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
Use these steps to log in to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express (EM
Express).
• Creating a Fast Recovery Area
During an Oracle Restart installation, you can create only one disk group. During
an Oracle Clusterware installation, you can create multiple disk groups. If you plan
to add an Oracle Database for a standalone server or an Oracle RAC database,
then you should create the fast recovery area for database files.
• Cloning an Oracle Database Home
Cloning an Oracle home involves creating a copy of the Oracle home and then
configuring it for a new environment.
12-1
Chapter 12
Required Postinstallation Tasks

Download and apply required patches for your software release after completing your
initial installation.
• Downloading and Installing Release Update Patches
Download and install Release Updates (RU) and Release Update Revisions
(RUR) patches for your Oracle software after you complete installation.
• Unlocking and Resetting Oracle Database User Passwords
Passwords for all Oracle system administration accounts except SYS, SYSTEM,
and DBSMP are revoked after installation. Before you use a locked account, you
must unlock it and reset its password.
Downloading and Installing Release Update Patches

Download and install Release Updates (RU) and Release Update Revisions (RUR)
patches for your Oracle software after you complete installation.
Starting with Oracle Database 18c, Oracle provides quarterly updates in the form of
Release Updates (RU) and Release Update Revisions (RUR). Oracle no longer
releases patch sets. For more information, see My Oracle Support Note 2285040.1.
Check the My Oracle Support website for required updates for your installation.
1. Use a web browser to view the My Oracle Support website:
2. Log in to My Oracle Support website.
Note:
If you are not a My Oracle Support registered user, then click Register
for My Oracle Support and register.
3. On the main My Oracle Support page, click Patches & Updates.

4. In the Patch Search region, select Product or Family (Advanced).
5. On the Product or Family (Advanced) display, provide information about the
product, release, and platform for which you want to obtain patches, and click
Search.
The Patch Search pane opens, displaying the results of your search.
6. Select the patch number and click ReadMe.
The README page is displayed. It contains information about the patch and how
to apply the patches to your installation.
7. Uncompress the Oracle patch updates that you downloaded from My Oracle
Support.
Related Topics
12-2
Chapter 12
Unlocking and Resetting Oracle Database User Passwords

Passwords for all Oracle system administration accounts except SYS, SYSTEM, and
DBSMP are revoked after installation. Before you use a locked account, you must
unlock it and reset its password.
If you created a preconfigured database during the installation, but you did not unlock
accounts required to use the database, then you must unlock and reset those
accounts using these procedures.
• Requirements for Database Passwords
To secure your database, use passwords that satisfy the Oracle recommended
password requirements, even the passwords for predefined user accounts.
• Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts and Passwords
Review these system privileges accounts after installation in preparation for
unlocking accounts and changing passwords.
• Guidelines for Changing System Privileges Account Passwords
Follow these rules for changing Oracle Database system privileges account
passwords.
• Locking and Unlocking User Accounts
• Using SQL*Plus to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords
Use this SQL*Plus procedure to unlock and reset user account passwords.
Requirements for Database Passwords

To secure your database, use passwords that satisfy the Oracle recommended
password requirements, even the passwords for predefined user accounts.
Oracle Database provides a set of predefined user accounts. Create passwords in a
secure fashion. If you have default passwords, change these passwords to secure
passwords.
You can manage the security for Oracle Database users in various ways:
• Enforce restrictions on the way that passwords are created
• Create user profiles
• Use user resource limits to further secure user accounts
Related Topics
Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts and Passwords

Review these system privileges accounts after installation in preparation for unlocking
accounts and changing passwords.
All databases created by the Database Configuration Assistant (DBCA) include the
SYS, SYSTEM, and DBSNMP database accounts. In addition, Oracle Database provides
several other administrative accounts. Before using these accounts, you must unlock
them and reset their passwords.
12-3
Chapter 12
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2), only the HR sample schema is
automatically installed after a database installation. All sample schemas, including HR,
are distributed on GitHub:
https://github.com/oracle/db-sample-schemas
Note:
This list contains some of the important system privileges user accounts, but
it is not complete. Use Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express 12c to
view the complete list of database accounts.
Table 12-1 Partial List of Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts Locked
After Installation
User Name Description For More Information

ANONYMOUS Enables HTTP access to Oracle XML DB. Oracle XML DB Developer's
Guide
APEX_050100 The account that owns the Oracle Oracle Application Express
Application Express schema and App Builder User’s Guide
metadata.
APEX_PUBLIC_US The minimally privileged account used for Oracle Application Express
ER Oracle Application Express configuration App Builder User’s Guide
with Oracle Application Express Listener
or Oracle HTTP Server and mod_plsql.
APPQOSSYS Used for storing and managing all data None
and metadata required by Oracle Quality
of Service Management.
AUDSYS The account where the unified audit data Oracle Database Security
trail resides. Guide
CTXSYS The Oracle Text account. Oracle Text Application
Developer's Guide
DBSFWUSER The account used to run the Oracle Database PL/SQL
DBMS_SFW_ACL_ADMIN package. Packages and Types
Reference
DBSNMP The account used by the Management Oracle Enterprise Manager
Agent component of Oracle Enterprise Cloud Control Administrator's
Manager to monitor and manage the Guide
database.
DIP The account used by the Directory None
Integration Platform (DIP) to synchronize
the changes in Oracle Internet Directory
with the applications in the database.
12-4
Chapter 12
Table 12-1 (Cont.) Partial List of Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts
Locked After Installation

DVSYS There are two roles associated with this Oracle Database Vault
account. The Database Vault owner role Administrator's Guide
manages the Database Vault roles and
configurations. The Database Vault
Account Manager is used to manage
database user accounts.
Note: Part of Oracle Database Vault user
interface text is stored in database tables
in the DVSYS schema. By default, only
the English language is loaded into these
tables. You can use the
DVSYS.DBMS_MACADM.ADD_NLS_DATA
procedure to add other languages to
Oracle Database Vault.
DVF The account owned by Database Vault Oracle Database Vault
that contains public functions to retrieve Administrator's Guide
the Database Vault Factor values.
FLOWS_FILES The account owns the Oracle Application Oracle Application Express
Express uploaded files. App Builder User’s Guide
GGSYS The internal account used by Oracle None
GoldenGate. It should not be unlocked or
used for a database login.
GSMADMIN_INTER The internal account that owns the Global Oracle Database Global
NAL Data Services schema. It should not be Data Services Concepts and
unlocked or used for a database login. Administration Guide
GSMCATUSER The account used by Global Service Oracle Database Global
Manager to connect to the Global Data Data Services Concepts and
Services catalog. Administration Guide
GSMUSER The account used by Global Service Oracle Database Global
Manager to connect to the database. Data Services Concepts and
Administration Guide
HR The account that owns the Human Oracle Database Sample
Resources schema included in the Oracle Schemas
Sample Schemas.
LBACSYS The Oracle Label Security administrator Oracle Label Security
account. Starting with Oracle Database Administrator’s Guide
18c, the LBACSYS user account is
created as a schema-only account.
MDDATA The schema used by Oracle Spatial and Oracle Spatial and Graph
Graph for storing geocoder and router Developer's Guide
data.
MDSYS The Oracle Spatial and Graph Oracle Spatial and Graph
administrator account. Developer's Guide
OUTLN The account that supports plan stability. None
Plan stability enables you to maintain the
same execution plans for the same SQL
statements. OUTLN acts as a role to
centrally manage metadata associated
with stored outlines.
12-5
Chapter 12
Table 12-1 (Cont.) Partial List of Oracle Database System Privileges Accounts
Locked After Installation

ORACLE_OCM This account contains the instrumentation None
for configuration collection used by the
Oracle Configuration Manager.
REMOTE_SCHEDU The account to disable remote jobs on a Oracle Database
LER_AGENT database. This account is created during Administrator’s Guide
the remote scheduler agent configuration.
You can disable the capability of a
database to run remote jobs by dropping
this user.
SYS The account used to perform database Oracle Database
administration tasks. Administrator’s Guide
SYSTEM Another account used to perform Oracle Database
database administration tasks. Administrator’s Guide
SYSBACKUP The account used to perform backup and Oracle Database
recovery tasks. Administrator’s Guide
SYSKM The account used to perform encryption Oracle Database
key management. Administrator’s Guide
SYSDG The account used to administer and Oracle Database
monitor Oracle Data Guard. Administrator’s Guide
SYSRAC The account used to administer Oracle Oracle Database
Real Application Clusters (RAC). Administrator’s Guide
SYS$UMF The account used to administer Remote Oracle Database
Management Framework, including the Performance Tuning Guide
remote Automatic Workload Repository
(AWR).
WMSYS The account used to store the metadata Oracle Database Workspace
information for Oracle Workspace Manager Developer's Guide
Manager.
XDB The account used for storing Oracle XML Oracle XML DB Developer’s
DB data and metadata. Guide
XS$NULL The internal account that represents the Oracle Database Real
absence of a database schema user in a Application Security
session, and indicates an application user Administrator's and
session is in use. XS$NULL cannot be Developer's Guide
authenticated to a database, nor can it
own any database schema objects, or
possess any database privileges.
Except for the accounts provided with the Oracle Sample Schemas, most of these
database accounts are locked by default and created without passwords as schema
only. This prevents malicious users from logging into these accounts using the default
password set during catalog creation. To find the status of an account, query the
AUTHENTICATION_TYPE column of the DBA_USERS data dictionary view. If
AUTHENTICATION_TYPE is schema only, then the status is NONE.
Many of these accounts are automatically created when you run standard scripts such
as the various cat*.sql scripts. To find user accounts that are created and
maintained by Oracle, query the USERNAME and ORACLE_MAINTAINED columns of the
12-6
Chapter 12
ALL_USERS data dictionary view. If the output for ORACLE_MAINTAINED is Y, then you
must not modify the user account except by running the script that was used to create
it.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Sample Schemas
Guidelines for Changing System Privileges Account Passwords

Follow these rules for changing Oracle Database system privileges account
passwords.
Before you use a locked account, you must unlock it and reset its password.
Passwords for all Oracle system administration accounts except SYS, SYSTEM, and
DBSNMP are revoked after installation. If you created a starter database during the
installation, Oracle Database Configuration Assistant displays a screen with your
database information and the Password Management button. Use the Password
Management button to unlock only the user names you use.
For more information about how to create a secure password, see:
Oracle Database Security Guide
Locking and Unlocking User Accounts

To temporarily deny access to the database for a particular user account, you can lock
the user account. If the user then attempts to connect, then the database displays an
error message and does not allow the connection. You can unlock the user account
when you want to permit database access again for that user. You can use Oracle
Enterprise Manager Database Express (EM Express) to lock and unlock user
accounts.
To lock or unlock a user account:

1. In EM Express, go to the Users page, as described in the “Viewing User Accounts"
topic.
2. Click the desired user account.
3. From the Actions menu, select Alter Account.
The Alter Account page appears.
4. Do one of the following:
• To lock the account, enable the Account Locked option, and then click OK.
• To unlock the account, disable the Account Locked option, and then click
OK.
Using SQL*Plus to Unlock Accounts and Reset Passwords

Use this SQL*Plus procedure to unlock and reset user account passwords.
12-7
Chapter 12
Recommended Postinstallation Tasks
1. Start SQL*Plus and log in as the SYS user, connecting as SYSDBA:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/sqlplus
SQL> CONNECT SYS as SYSDBA
Enter password: sys_password
2. Enter the command ALTER USER account IDENTIFIED BY password ACCOUNT

UNLOCK; to unlock an account.
Note:
If you unlock an account but do not reset the password, then the
password remains expired. The first time someone connects as that
user, they must change the user's password.
Related Topics

Oracle recommends that you complete these tasks after installation.
• Creating a Backup of the root.sh Script
Oracle recommends that you back up the root.sh script after you complete an
installation.
• Setting Language and Locale Preferences for Client Connections
Configure client applications connecting to an Oracle Database according to your
locale preferences and your I/O device character set.
• Recompiling All Invalid Objects
To identify and recompile invalid objects on the CDB and PDBs, use the catcon
utility to run utlrp.sql after you install, patch, or upgrade a database.
• Updating the Oracle ORAchk Health Check Tool
Update the existing version of your Oracle ORAchk utility to perform proactive
heath checks for the Oracle software stack.
Creating a Backup of the root.sh Script

Oracle recommends that you back up the root.sh script after you complete an
installation.
If you install other products in the same Oracle home directory subsequent to this
installation, then Oracle Universal Installer updates the contents of the existing
root.sh script during the installation. If you require information contained in the
original root.sh script, then you can recover it from the backed up root.sh file.
12-8
Chapter 12
Setting Language and Locale Preferences for Client Connections

Configure client applications connecting to an Oracle Database according to your
locale preferences and your I/O device character set.
You must configure client applications connecting to an Oracle Database according to
your locale preferences and your I/O device character set. If your applications do not
have their own specific methods to configure locale preferences, then the method you
use to configure an Oracle database client connection depends on the access API you
use to connect to the database. Check your application documentation, before you
configure locale preferences for your applications.
For applications that connect to Oracle Databases using Oracle Call Interface (OCI)
use NLS_LANG and other client settings with names that start with NLS_ to set the
locale conventions and client character set for Oracle Database sessions. It is
important that you set the character set part of the NLS_LANG value properly. The
character set you set must correspond to the character set used by your I/O devices,
which in case of Microsoft Windows is either the ANSI Code Page (for GUI
applications), such as WE8MSWIN1252, or the OEM Code Page (for Console mode
applications), such as US8PC437. By doing this, the OCI API is notified about the
character set of data that it receives from the application. OCI can then convert this
data correctly to and from the database character set.
NLS_LANG and the other NLS settings can be specified either as environment
variables or as Windows Registry settings. Environment variable values take
precedence over Registry values.
Oracle Universal Installer sets a default value for the NLS_LANG setting in Registry
when it creates a new Oracle home on Microsoft Windows. The NLS_LANG value is
based on the language of the Windows user interface, which is the language of
Windows menu items and dialog box labels.
Caution:
Failure to set the client character set correctly can cause data loss.
Java applications that connect to Oracle Databases by using Oracle JDBC do not use
NLS_LANG. Instead, Oracle JDBC maps the default locale of the Java VM in which
the application runs to the Oracle Database language and territory settings. Oracle
JDBC then configures the connected database session using these settings. Because
Java works internally in Unicode, the client character set is always set to Unicode.
Unless an application explicitly changes it, the default locale of the Java VM is set
based on the locale of the user operating system on which the Java VM runs. Check
your Java VM documentation for information about configuring the Java VM default
locale.
12-9
Chapter 12
Note:
In 3-tier architecture deployments, application servers that are database
clients can have settings in their configuration files that specify the
NLS_LANG value or the Java VM locale. Check the documentation
accompanying these servers.
See Also:
Oracle Database Globalization Support Guide for more information about
configuring user locale preferences
Recompiling All Invalid Objects

To identify and recompile invalid objects on the CDB and PDBs, use the catcon utility
to run utlrp.sql after you install, patch, or upgrade a database.
Oracle recommends that you use the catcon.pl utility to run utlrp.sql on all
containers in your container database (CDB). The utlrp.sql script recompiles all
invalid objects. Run the script immediately after installation, to ensure that users do not
encounter invalid objects.
1. Change directory to Oracle_home/rdbms/admin. For example
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/admin
2. Use the catcon.pl script in the Oracle home to run utlrp.sql. For example:
$ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl catcon.pl --n 1 --e --b utlrp --d '''.'''

utlrp.sql
Note the following conditions of this use case:

• --n parameter: is set to 1, so the script runs each PDB recompilation in
sequence.
• --e parameter: turns echo on.
• --b parameter: Sets the log file base name. It is set to utlrp.
Expect a time delay for the serial recompilation of PDBs to complete. Depending on
the number of PDBs that you are upgrading, the recompilation can extend significantly
beyond the time required for the upgrade scripts to complete.
The utlrp.sql script automatically recompiles invalid objects in either serial or
parallel recompilation, based on both the number of invalid objects, and on the number
of CPUs available. CPUs are calculated using the number of CPUs (cpu_count)
multiplied by the number of threads for each CPU (parallel_threads_per_cpu).
On Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC), this number is added across all
Oracle RAC nodes.
12-10
Chapter 12
About Changes in Default SGA Permissions for Oracle Database
For more information about catcon utility syntax and options, refer to Oracle Database
Administrator's Guide.
Related Topics
Updating the Oracle ORAchk Health Check Tool

Update the existing version of your Oracle ORAchk utility to perform proactive heath
checks for the Oracle software stack.
Oracle ORAchk replaces the RACCheck utility. Oracle ORAchk extends health check
coverage to the entire Oracle software stack, and identifies and addresses top issues
reported by Oracle users. Oracle ORAchk proactively scans for known problems with
Oracle products and deployments, including the following:
• Standalone Oracle Database
• Oracle Grid Infrastructure
• Oracle Real Application Clusters
• Maximum Availability Architecture (MAA) Validation
• Upgrade Readiness Validations
• Oracle GoldenGate
Oracle is continuing to expand checks, based on customer requests.
As Oracle ORAchk has been rewritten in Python, Cygwin on Microsoft Windows is no
longer a requirement.
Oracle ORAchk needs Python 3.6 software and libraries. The runtime provides details
of exactly which libraries are required.
Oracle ORAchk is pre-installed with Oracle Database in the $ORACLE_HOME/
suptools/orachk directory. Oracle recommends that you update to the latest
version of Oracle ORAchk. See Oracle ORAchk and EXAchk User’s Guide for more
information.
You can also download and run the latest standalone version of Oracle ORAchk from
My Oracle Support. For information about downloading, configuring and running
Oracle ORAchk utility, refer to My Oracle Support note 1268927.2:
https://support.oracle.com/epmos/faces/DocContentDisplay?
id=1268927.2&parent=DOCUMENTATION&sourceId=USERGUIDE
Related Topics
• Oracle ORAchk and EXAchk User’s Guide
About Changes in Default SGA Permissions for Oracle

Database
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2.0.1), by default, permissions to
read and write to the System Global Area (SGA) are limited to the Oracle software
installation owner.
12-11
Chapter 12
Checking Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory Location
In previous releases, both the Oracle installation owner account and members of the
OSDBA group had access to shared memory. The change in Oracle Database 12c
Release 2 (12.2) and later releases to restrict access by default to the Oracle
installation owner account provides greater security than previous configurations.
However, this change may prevent DBAs who do not have access to the Oracle
installation owner account from administering the database.
The Oracle Database initialization parameter ALLOW_GROUP_ACCESS_TO_SGA
determines if the Oracle Database installation owner account (oracle in Oracle
documentation examples) is the only user that can read and write to the database
System Global Area (SGA), or if members of the OSDBA group can read the SGA. In
Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2) and later releases, the default value for this
parameter is FALSE, so that only the Oracle Database installation owner has read and
write permissions to the SGA. Group access to the SGA is removed by default. This
change affects all Linux and UNIX platforms.
If members of the OSDBA group require read access to the SGA, then you can
change the initialization parameter ALLOW_GROUP_ACCESS_TO_SGA setting from
FALSE to TRUE. Oracle strongly recommends that you accept the default permissions
that limit access to the SGA to the oracle user account.
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Reference
Checking Installed Oracle Database Contents and Directory

Location
Use these steps to check the contents and directory location of an Oracle Database
installation:
1. Go to $ORACLE_HOME/oui/bin.
2. Start Oracle Universal Installer.
$ ./runInstaller
3. Click Installed Products to display the Inventory dialog box on the Welcome
screen.
4. Select an Oracle Database product from the list to check the installed contents.
5. Click Details to find additional information about an installed product.
6. Click Close to close the Inventory dialog box.
7. Click Cancel to close Oracle Universal Installer, and then click Yes to confirm.
Enabling and Disabling Oracle Database Options After

Installation
The chopt tool changes your database options after installation.
When you install Oracle Database, some options are enabled and others are disabled.
To enable or disable a particular database feature for an Oracle home, shut down the
database and use the chopt tool.
12-12
Chapter 12
Enabling and Disabling Oracle Database Options After Installation
• Chopt Tool
Use the chopt tool after installation to add or remove Oracle Database options.
Chopt Tool
Use the chopt tool after installation to add or remove Oracle Database options.
Purpose
The chopt tool is a command-line utility that enables and disables database options.
Prerequisites
You must complete installation before you can use the chopt tool.
File Path
The tool is located in the ORACLE_HOME/bin directory
Syntax
chopt [enable | disable] db_option
Options
Command Option Description

oaa Oracle Advanced Analytics
olap Oracle OLAP
partitioning Oracle Partitioning
rat Oracle Real Application Testing
Examples
To use the chopt tool to modify your Oracle Database, you must shut down the
database before you run the chopt tool, and then start up the database after you add
or remove database options.
Example 12-1 Enabling Oracle Data Mining Using Chopt
The following example shows how to use the chopt tool to enable the Oracle Data
Mining option in an Oracle Database called Sales:
cd $ORACLE_HOME/bin
srvctl stop database -d Sales
chopt enable oaa
srvctl start database -d Sales
12-13
Chapter 12
Starting Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express
Starting Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express

Use these steps to log in to Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express (EM
Express).
To start Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express, use the EM Express URL
provided by Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) during the
database installation and creation. For information about logging in to Oracle
Enterprise Manager Database Express see Oracle Database 2 Day DBA.
If Oracle DBCA did not provide the EM Express URL during the database installation
and creation, or if you need to change the EM Express port later on, then see Oracle
Database 2 Day DBA.
Related Topics
• Configuring the HTTPS Port for EM Express
Creating a Fast Recovery Area

During an Oracle Restart installation, you can create only one disk group. During an
Oracle Clusterware installation, you can create multiple disk groups. If you plan to add
an Oracle Database for a standalone server or an Oracle RAC database, then you
should create the fast recovery area for database files.
• About the Fast Recovery Area and the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
The fast recovery area is a unified storage location for all Oracle Database files
related to recovery. Enabling rapid backups for recent data can reduce requests to
system administrators to retrieve backup tapes for recovery operations.
• Creating the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group
Procedure to create the fast recovery area disk group.
About the Fast Recovery Area and the Fast Recovery Area Disk
Group
The fast recovery area is a unified storage location for all Oracle Database files related
to recovery. Enabling rapid backups for recent data can reduce requests to system
administrators to retrieve backup tapes for recovery operations.
Database administrators can define the DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST parameter to the
path for the fast recovery area to enable on disk backups and rapid recovery of data.
When you enable fast recovery in the init.ora file, Oracle Database writes all RMAN
backups, archive logs, control file automatic backups, and database copies to the fast
recovery area. RMAN automatically manages files in the fast recovery area by deleting
obsolete backups and archiving files no longer required for recovery.
Oracle recommends that you create a fast recovery area disk group. Oracle
Clusterware files and Oracle Database files can be placed on the same disk group,
and you can also place fast recovery files in the same disk group. However, Oracle
recommends that you create a separate fast recovery disk group to reduce storage
device contention.
12-14
Chapter 12
Creating a Fast Recovery Area
The fast recovery area is enabled by setting the DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST

parameter. The size of the fast recovery area is set with
DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE. As a general rule, the larger the fast recovery
area, the more useful it becomes. For ease of use, Oracle recommends that you
create a fast recovery area disk group on storage devices that can contain at least
three days of recovery information. Ideally, the fast recovery area is large enough to
hold a copy of all of your data files and control files, the online redo logs, and the
archived redo log files needed to recover your database using the data file backups
kept under your retention policy.
Multiple databases can use the same fast recovery area. For example, assume you
have created a fast recovery area disk group on disks with 150 GB of storage, shared
by 3 different databases. You can set the size of the fast recovery for each database
depending on the importance of each database. For example, if database1 is your
least important database, database2 is of greater importance, and database3 is of
greatest importance, then you can set different DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE
settings for each database to meet your retention target for each database: 30 GB for
database1, 50 GB for database2, and 70 GB for database3.
Creating the Fast Recovery Area Disk Group

Procedure to create the fast recovery area disk group.
1. Go to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home bin directory, and start Oracle ASM
Configuration Assistant (ASMCA).
For example:
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/bin
$ ./asmca
ASMCA opens the home window.

2. Click Disk Groups in the left panel to open the Disk Groups tab.
3. Click Create to create a new disk group.
The Create Disk Groups window opens.
4. Provide configuration information for the fast recovery area as prompted:
In the Disk Group Name field, enter a descriptive name for the fast recovery area
group. For example: FRA.
In the Redundancy section, select the level of redundancy you want to use. For
example: Normal
In the Select Member Disks field, select eligible disks you want to add to the fast
recovery area, and click OK.
5. When the Fast Recovery Area disk group creation is complete, click Exit and click
Yes to confirm closing the ASMCA application.
12-15
Chapter 12
Cloning an Oracle Database Home

Cloning an Oracle home involves creating a copy of the Oracle home and then
configuring it for a new environment.
If you are performing multiple Oracle Database installations, then you may want to use
cloning to create each Oracle home, because copying files from an existing Oracle
Database installation takes less time than creating a new version of them. This method
is also useful if the Oracle home that you are cloning has had patches applied to it.
When you clone the Oracle home, the new Oracle home has the patch updates.
Perform these steps to clone an Oracle home.
Note:
During cloning, Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) prompts you to run scripts
that require root privileges.
1. Verify that the installation of Oracle Database that you want clone is successful.
You can do this by reviewing the installActionsdate_time.log file for the
installation session, which is typically located in the /u01/app/oracle/
oraInventory/logs directory.
If you install patches, then check their status using the following:
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/OPatch
Include $ORACLE_HOME/OPatch in $PATH
$ opatch lsinventory
2. Stop all processes related to the Oracle home.

3. Create a ZIP or TAR file with the Oracle home (but not the Oracle base) directory.
For example, if the source Oracle installation is in the path /u01/app/oracle/
product/20.0.0/dbhome_1, then you zip the dbhome_1 directory by using the
following command:
# zip -r dbhome_1.zip /u01/app/oracle/product/20.0.0/dbhome_1
You can also use the TAR command. For example:
# tar -cvf dbhome_1.tar /u01/app/oracle/product/20.0.0/dbhome_1
Do not include the admin, fast_recovery_area, and oradata directories that are
under the Oracle base directory. These directories are created in the target
installation later, when you create a new database there.
4. Copy the ZIP or TAR file to the root directory of the target computer. If you use File
Transfer Protocol (FTP), then transfer the ZIP or TAR file in binary mode only.
12-16
Chapter 12
5. Extract the ZIP or TAR file content using the following command:
# unzip -d / dbhome_1.zip
# tar -xvf dbhome_1.tar
6. If necessary, change the ownership of the Oracle Database home to the Oracle
Database installation owner user (oracle) belonging to the Oracle Inventory group
(oinstall).
# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle/product/20.0.0/dbhome_1
7. On the target computer, change the directory to the unzipped Oracle home
directory, and remove all the .ora (*.ora) files present in the
unzipped $ORACLE_HOME/network/admin directory.
8. Delete unnecessary files from the unzipped Oracle home directory.
The unzipped Oracle home directory contains files that are relevant only to the
source Oracle home. The following example shows how to remove these
unnecessary files from the unzipped Oracle home directory:
Remove the .ora files from the network/admin directory, and remove the old
database entries from the dbs directory.
# cd $ORACLE_HOME
# rm -rf network/admin/*.ora
# rm dbs/old_database_entries
9. From the $ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin directory, run the clone.pl file for the
unzipped Oracle home.
Use the following syntax (you can also include one or more of the extended Oracle
Database groups in the syntax):
$ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl $ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin/clone.pl
ORACLE_BASE="target_oracle_base"
ORACLE_HOME="target_oracle_home"
OSDBA_GROUP=OSDBA_privileged_group
OSOPER_GROUP=OSOPER_privileged_group
OSBACKUPDBA_GROUP=OSBACKUPDBA_privileged_group
OSDGDBA_GROUP=OSDGDBA_privileged_group
OSKMDBA_GROUP=OSKMDBA_privileged_group
OSRACDBA_GROUP=OSRACDBA_privileged_group -defaultHomeName
For example:
$ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl $ORACLE_HOME/clone/bin/clone.pl
ORACLE_BASE="/u01/app/oracle" ORACLE_HOME="/u01/app/oracle/product/
20.0.0/dbhome_1"
OSDBA_GROUP=dba OSOPER_GROUP=oper OSBACKUPDBA_GROUP=backupdba
OSDGDBA_GROUP=dgdba OSKMDBA_GROUP=kmdba OSRACDBA_GROUP=racdba -
defaultHomeName
12-17
Chapter 12
Note:
• In this command, if you do not provide the parameters for the

operating system groups, then clone.pl uses the operating system
group values from the source home.
• Run the $ORACLE_HOME/perl/bin/perl $ORACLE_HOME/
clone/bin/clone.pl -help command for more information
about the command option flags.
• The clone.pl script is deprecated in Oracle Database 19c and
can be removed in a future release. Hence, Oracle recommends that
you use the software-only installation option, available in the
database installer, instead of clone.pl to clone your database.
OUI starts, and then records the cloning actions in the

cloneActionstimestamp.log file. This log file is typically located in /u01/app/
oracle/oraInventory/logs directory.
10. Use the following commands to run Net Configuration Assistant to configure the
connection information for the new database:
$ ./netca
11. Use the following commands to run Database Configuration Assistant to create a
new Oracle Database for the newly-cloned oracle home:
$ ./dbca
Related Topics
12-18
13
Removing Oracle Database Software
These topics describe how to remove Oracle software and configuration files.
Use the deinstall command that is included in Oracle homes to remove Oracle
software. Oracle does not support the removal of individual products or components.
Caution:
If you have a standalone database on a node in a cluster, and if you have
multiple databases with the same global database name (GDN), then you
cannot use the deinstall command to remove one database only.
• About Oracle Deinstallation Options

You can stop and remove Oracle Database software and components in an Oracle
Database home with the deinstall command.
• Oracle Deinstallation (Deinstall)
You can run the deinstall command from an Oracle home directory after
installation.
• Deinstallation Examples for Oracle Database
Use these examples to help you understand how to run the deinstall
command.
• Downgrading Oracle Restart
Use this procedure to deconfigure and downgrade Oracle Restart, or to
troubleshoot Oracle Restart if you receive an error during installation.
• Removing an RPM-based Oracle Database Installation
command.
• Deinstalling Previous Release Grid Home
Use this procedure to deinstall the previous release Grid home.
About Oracle Deinstallation Options

You can stop and remove Oracle Database software and components in an Oracle
Database home with the deinstall command.
You can remove the following software using deinstall :
• Oracle Database
• Oracle Grid Infrastructure, which includes Oracle Clusterware and Oracle
Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM)
• Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC)
• Oracle Database Client
13-1
Chapter 13
About Oracle Deinstallation Options
The deinstall command is available in Oracle home directories after installation. It

is located in the $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall directory.
deinstall creates a response file by using information in the Oracle home and using
the information you provide. You can use a response file that you generated previously
by running the deinstall command using the -checkonly option. You can also
edit the response file template.
If you run deinstall to remove an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation, then the
deinstaller prompts you to run the deinstall command as the root user. For Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a cluster, the script is rootcrs.sh, and for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server (Oracle Restart), the script is roothas.sh.
Note:
• You must run the deinstall command from the same release to
remove Oracle software. Do not run the deinstall command from a
later release to remove Oracle software from an earlier release. For
example, do not run the deinstall command from the 19c Oracle
home to remove Oracle software from an existing 11.2.0.4 Oracle home.
• Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 1 (12.1.0.2), the
roothas.sh script replaces the roothas.pl script in the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure home for Oracle Restart, and the rootcrs.sh script
replaces the rootcrs.pl script in the Grid home for Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a cluster.
If the software in the Oracle home is not running (for example, after an unsuccessful
installation), then deinstall cannot determine the configuration, and you must
provide all the configuration details either interactively or in a response file.
In addition, before you run deinstall for Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations:
• Dismount Oracle Automatic Storage Management Cluster File System (Oracle

ACFS) and disable Oracle Automatic Storage Management Dynamic Volume
Manager (Oracle ADVM).
• If Grid Naming Service (GNS) is in use, then notify your DNS administrator to
delete the subdomain entry from the DNS.
Files Deleted by deinstall

When you run deinstall, if the central inventory (oraInventory) contains no other
registered homes besides the home that you are deconfiguring and removing, then
deinstall removes the following files and directory contents in the Oracle base
directory of the Oracle Database installation owner:
• admin
• cfgtoollogs
• checkpoints
• diag
• oradata
13-2
Chapter 13
Oracle Deinstallation (Deinstall)
• fast_recovery_area
Oracle strongly recommends that you configure your installations using an Optimal
Flexible Architecture (OFA) configuration, and that you reserve Oracle base and
Oracle home paths for exclusive use of Oracle software. If you have any user data in
these locations in the Oracle base that is owned by the user account that owns the
Oracle software, then deinstall deletes this data.
Caution:
deinstall deletes Oracle Database configuration files, user data, and fast
recovery area (FRA) files even if they are located outside of the Oracle base
directory path.

You can run the deinstall command from an Oracle home directory after
installation.
Purpose
deinstall stops Oracle software, and removes Oracle software and configuration
files on the operating system for a specific Oracle home.
Syntax
The deinstall command uses the following syntax:
(./deinstall [-silent] [-checkonly] [-paramfile complete path of input

response file]
[-params name1=value name2=value . . .]
[-o complete path of directory for saving files]
[-tmpdir complete path of temporary directory to use]
[-logdir complete path of log directory to use] [-local] [-
skipLocalHomeDeletion] [-skipRemoteHomeDeletion] [-help]
13-3
Chapter 13
Parameters
Parameter Description
-silent Use this flag to run deinstall in
noninteractive mode. This option requires one
of the following:
• A working system that it can access to
determine the installation and
configuration information. The -silent
flag does not work with failed installations.
• A response file that contains the
configuration values for the Oracle home
that is being deinstalled or deconfigured.
You can generate a response file to use or
modify by running deinstall with the -
checkonly flag. deinstall then discovers
information from the Oracle home to deinstall
and deconfigure. It generates the response file
that you can then use with the -silent
option.
You can also modify the template file
deinstall.rsp.tmpl, located in
the $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/
response directory.
-checkonly Use this flag to check the status of the Oracle
software home configuration. Running
deinstall with the -checkonly flag does
not remove the Oracle configuration. The -
checkonly flag generates a response file that
you can then use with the deinstall
command and -silent option.
-paramfile complete path of input Use this flag to run deinstall with a
response file response file in a location other than the
default. When you use this flag, provide the
complete path where the response file is
located.
The default location of the response file
is $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/
response.
-params [name1=value name2=value Use this flag with a response file to override
name3=value . . .] one or more values to change in a response
file you have created.
-o complete path of directory for saving Use this flag to provide a path other than the
response files default location where the response file
(deinstall.rsp.tmpl) is saved.
The default location of the response file
is $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/
response .
-tmpdir complete path of temporary Use this flag to specify a non-default location
directory to use where deinstall writes the temporary files
for the deinstallation.
13-4
Chapter 13
Deinstallation Examples for Oracle Database
Parameter Description
-logdir complete path of log directory to Use this flag to specify a non-default location
use where deinstall writes the log files for the
deinstallation.
-local Use this flag on a multinode environment to
deinstall Oracle software in a cluster.
When you run deinstall with this flag, it
deconfigures and deinstalls the Oracle
software on the local node (the node where
deinstall is run). On remote nodes, it
deconfigures Oracle software, but does not
deinstall the Oracle software.
-skipLocalHomeDeletion Use this flag in Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installations on a multinode environment to
deconfigure a local Grid home without deleting
the Grid home.
-skipRemoteHomeDeletion Use this flag in Oracle Grid Infrastructure
installations on a multinode environment to
deconfigure a remote Grid home without
deleting the Grid home.
-help Use this option to obtain additional information
about the command option flags.
Deinstallation Examples for Oracle Database

Use these examples to help you understand how to run the deinstall command.
Run deinstall from the $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall directory. The deinstallation

starts without prompting you for the Oracle home path.
$ ./deinstall
You can generate a deinstallation response file by running deinstall with the -
checkonly flag. Alternatively, you can use the response file template located
at $ORACLE_HOME/deinstall/response/deinstall.rsp.tmpl. If you have a
response file, then use the optional flag -paramfile to provide a path to the
response file.
In the following example, the deinstall command is in the path/u01/app/oracle/
product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/deinstall. It uses a response file called
my_db_paramfile.tmpl in the software owner location /home/usr/oracle:
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/deinstall
$ ./deinstall -paramfile /home/usr/oracle/my_db_paramfile.tmpl
To remove the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home, use the deinstall command in the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure home.
13-5
Chapter 13
Downgrading Oracle Restart
In this example, the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home is /u01/app/oracle/

product/19.0.0/grid
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/deinstall
$ ./deinstall -paramfile /home/usr/oracle/my_grid_paramfile.tmpl
Downgrading Oracle Restart

Use this procedure to deconfigure and downgrade Oracle Restart, or to troubleshoot
Oracle Restart if you receive an error during installation.
To downgrade Oracle Restart, you must first downgrade Oracle Database,
deconfigure Oracle Restart, and then reconfigure Oracle Restart.
Also, running roothas.sh with the command flags -deconfig -force enables
you to deconfigure Oracle Restart without removing the installed binaries. This feature
is useful if you encounter an error during an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
server installation. For example, when you run the root.sh command, you find a
missing operating system package. By running roothas.sh -deconfig -force,
you can deconfigure Oracle Restart, correct the cause of the error, and then run
root.sh again.
Note:
Stop all databases, services, and listeners that are running before you
deconfigure or downgrade Oracle Restart.
1. Create a backup of PFILE as the oracle user:
CREATE PFILE='/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/dbs/test_init.ora'
FROM SPFILE='/u01/oracle/dbs/test_spfile.ora';
2. Log in as the root user.

3. Downgrade Oracle Database.
4. Downgrade the Oracle Restart resources:
# srvctl downgrade database -d db_unique_name -o $ORACLE_HOME -t

to_version
5. Go to the Grid_home/crs/install directory:
6. Run roothas.sh with the -deconfig -force flags to deconfigure Oracle

Restart.
# roothas.sh -deconfig -force
13-6
Chapter 13
Removing an RPM-based Oracle Database Installation
7. Deinstall Oracle Restart using the deinstall command as the grid user:
$ cd /u01/app/19.0.0/grid/deinstall/
$ ./deinstall
The deinstall tool detaches the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home, updates the
OraInventory, and cleans up the directories.
8. Run root.sh manually, as the root user, in the earlier release Oracle Restart
home to configure Oracle Restart.
If you do not have an earlier release Oracle Restart on your system, then perform
an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server installation for the respective
release to install Oracle Restart.
9. Add the components back to Oracle Restart as the grid user.
a. Add Oracle Database to the Oracle Restart configuration:
$ srvctl add database -db db_unique_name -o $ORACLE_HOME
b. Add the listener to the Oracle Restart configuration:
$ srvctl add listener -l listener_name -o $ORACLE_HOME
c. Add each service to the database, using the srvctl add service command.
For example:
$ srvctl add service -db mydb -service myservice
10. Attach the Oracle home to the Oracle Restart configuration:
$ ./runInstaller -silent -ignoreSysPrereqs -attachHome

ORACLE_HOME="/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1"
ORACLE_HOME_NAME="Ora19c_home"
Related Topics
Removing an RPM-based Oracle Database Installation

command.
1. Log in as root.
2. Run the following command to remove the RPM-based database installation:
# yum -y remove oracle-database-ee-19c
The yum command detects the default configured components in the Oracle home
such as the database (ORCLCDB) and the listener (LISTENER) and removes these
components for you.
Apart from the default database (ORCLCDB) and the listener (LISTENER), if the yum
command detects other configured components in the Oracle home such as additional
13-7
Chapter 13
Deinstalling Previous Release Grid Home
databases or listeners, then it stops the deinstallation process. A message is displayed

that instructs you to remove these configured components manually. To remove these
configured components:
1. Login as the Oracle Database installation owner user (oracle).
2. To remove any database associated with your installation, use Oracle Database
Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA).
$ ./dbca
3. To remove any listeners associated with your installation, run Oracle Net
Configuration Assistant (Oracle NETCA).
$ ./netca
4. Log in as root and run the yum command again to remove the rpm-based
database installation.
# yum -y remove oracle-database-ee-19c
Related Topics
• Deleting a Database Using Oracle DBCA
• Using Oracle Net Configuration Assistant

Use this procedure to deinstall the previous release Grid home.
For upgrades from previous releases, if you want to deinstall the previous release Grid
home, then perform the following steps:
1. Log in as the root user.
2. Manually change the permissions of the previous release Grid home.
# chmod -R 775 /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0/grid

# chown -R oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0/grid
# chown oracle /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0
In this example:
• /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0/grid is the previous release Oracle
Grid Infrastructure for a standalone server home
• oracle is the Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation owner user
• oinstall is the name of the Oracle Inventory group (OINSTALL group)
• /u01/app/oracle/product/18.0.0 is the parent directory of the previous
Grid home.
13-8
Chapter 13
3. Log in as the Oracle Grid Infrastructure software owner user (oracle) and run the
deinstall command.
13-9
A
Completing Preinstallation Tasks Manually
You can complete the preinstallation configuration tasks manually.
Oracle recommends that you use Oracle Universal Installer and Cluster Verification
Utility fixup scripts to complete minimal configuration settings. If you cannot use fixup
scripts, then complete minimum system settings manually.
• Configuring Kernel Parameters for Linux
These topics explain how to configure kernel parameters manually for Linux if you
cannot complete them using the fixup scripts.
• Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMLIB
tasks:
• Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Manually
You can maintain storage file path persistence by creating a rules file.
Configuring Kernel Parameters for Linux

These topics explain how to configure kernel parameters manually for Linux if you
cannot complete them using the fixup scripts.
• Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation
• Changing Kernel Parameter Values
Use these instructions to display and change the kernel parameter values if they
are different from the minimum recommended value.
• Configuring Additional Kernel Settings for SUSE Linux
Additional kernel parameter settings configuration is required on SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server systems.
• Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
If you do not use a Fixup script or CVU to set ephemeral ports, then set TCP/IP
ephemeral port range parameters to provide enough ephemeral ports for the
anticipated server workload.
Minimum Parameter Settings for Installation

A-1
Appendix A
Note:
• Unless otherwise specified, the kernel parameter and shell limit values
shown in the following table are minimum values only. For production
database systems, Oracle recommends that you tune these values to
optimize the performance of the system. See the operating system
documentation for more information about tuning kernel parameters.
• If the current value for any parameter is greater than the value listed in
this table, then the Fixup scripts do not change the value of that
parameter.
Table A-1 Minimum Operating System Resource Parameter Settings
Parameter Value File

semmsl 250 /proc/sys/kernel/sem
semmns 32000
semopm 100
128
semmni
shmall Greater than or equal to the /proc/sys/kernel/
value of shmmax, in pages. shmall
shmmax Half the size of physical /proc/sys/kernel/
memory in bytes shmmax
See My Oracle Support Note
567506.1 for additional
information about configuring
shmmax.
shmmni 4096 /proc/sys/kernel/
shmmni
panic_on_oops 1 /proc/sys/kernel/
panic_on_oops
file-max 6815744 /proc/sys/fs/file-
max
aio-max-nr 1048576 /proc/sys/fs/aio-
Note: This value limits max-nr
concurrent outstanding
requests and should be set to
avoid I/O subsystem failures.
ip_local_port_range Minimum: 9000 /proc/sys/net/ipv4/
Maximum: 65500 ip_local_port_range
rmem_default 262144 /proc/sys/net/core/
rmem_default
rmem_max 4194304 /proc/sys/net/core/
rmem_max
wmem_default 262144 /proc/sys/net/core/
wmem_default
A-2
Appendix A
Table A-1 (Cont.) Minimum Operating System Resource Parameter Settings
Parameter Value File

wmem_max 1048576 /proc/sys/net/core/
wmem_max
Related Topics
• Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually
Changing Kernel Parameter Values

Use these instructions to display and change the kernel parameter values if they are
different from the minimum recommended value.
Use the following commands to display the current values of the kernel parameters:
Table A-2 Commands to Display Kernel Parameter Values
Parameter Command
semmsl, semmns, semopm, and semmni # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep sem
This command displays the value of the
semaphore parameters in the order listed.
shmall, shmmax, and shmmni # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep shm
This command displays the details of the
shared memory segment sizes.
file-max # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep file-max
This command displays the maximum number
of file handles.
ip_local_port_range # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep
ip_local_port_range
This command displays a range of port
numbers.
rmem_default # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep
rmem_default
rmem_max # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep rmem_max
wmem_default # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep
wmem_default
wmem_max # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep wmem_max
aio-max-nr # /sbin/sysctl -a | grep aio-max-nr
If you used the Oracle Preinstallation RPM to complete you preinstallation

configuration tasks, then the Oracle Preinstallation RPM sets these kernel parameters
for you. However, if you did not use the Oracle Preinstallation RPM or the kernel
parameters are different from the minimum recommended value, then to change these
kernel parameter values:
A-3
Appendix A
1. Using any text editor, create or edit the /etc/sysctl.d/97-oracle-

database-sysctl.conf file, and add or edit lines similar to:
fs.aio-max-nr = 1048576
fs.file-max = 6815744
kernel.shmall = 2097152
kernel.shmmax = 4294967295
kernel.shmmni = 4096
kernel.sem = 250 32000 100 128
net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range = 9000 65500
net.core.rmem_default = 262144
net.core.rmem_max = 4194304
net.core.wmem_default = 262144
net.core.wmem_max = 1048576
By specifying the values in the /etc/sysctl.d/97-oracle-database-

sysctl.conf file, the values persist on system restarts.
2. To change the current values of the kernel parameters:
# /sbin/sysctl --system
Review the output. If the values are incorrect, edit the /etc/sysctl.d/97-
oracle-database-sysctl.conf file, then enter this command again.
3. Confirm that the values are set correctly:
# /sbin/sysctl -a
4. Restart the computer, or run sysctl --system to make the changes in

the /etc/sysctl.d/97-oracle-database-sysctl.conf file available in the
active kernel memory.
Guidelines for Setting Kernel Parameter Values
• If you used the Oracle Preinstallation RPM, then your kernel parameter settings
reside in the /etc/sysctl.d/99-oracle-database-server-19c-
preinstall-sysctl.conf file.
• Include lines only for the kernel parameter values to change. For the semaphore
parameters (kernel.sem), you must specify all four values. If any of the current
values are larger than the minimum value, then specify the larger value.
• The /etc/sysctl.conf file has been deprecated.
• Avoid setting kernel parameter values in multiple files under /etc/sysctl.d/.
The file with a lexically later name under /etc/sysctl.d/ takes precedence,
followed by /etc/sysctl.conf. Oracle recommends that you use the Oracle
Preinstallation RPM which, among other preinstallation tasks, also sets the kernel
parameter values for your database installation.
See Also:
sysctl.conf(5) and sysctl.d(5) man pages for more information
A-4
Appendix A
Configuring Additional Kernel Settings for SUSE Linux

Additional kernel parameter settings configuration is required on SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server systems.
Perform these steps on SUSE Linux Enterprise Server systems only:
1. Enter the following command to enable the system to read the /etc/
sysctl.conf file when it restarts:
# /sbin/chkconfig boot.sysctl on
2. Enter the GID of the oinstall group as the value for the parameter /
proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_shm_group.
For example, where the oinstall group GID is 501:
# echo 501 > /proc/sys/vm/hugetlb_shm_group
Use vi to add the following text to /etc/sysctl.conf, and enable the

boot.sysctl script to run on system restart:
vm.hugetlb_shm_group=501
Note:
Only one group can be defined as the vm.hugetlb_shm_group.
Setting UDP and TCP Kernel Parameters Manually

Ensure that the lower range is set to at least 9000 or higher, to avoid Well Known
ports, and to avoid ports in the Registered Ports range commonly used by Oracle and
other server ports. Set the port range high enough to avoid reserved ports for any
applications you may intend to use. If the lower value of the range you have is greater
than 9000, and the range is large enough for your anticipated workload, then you can
ignore Oracle Universal Installer warnings regarding the ephemeral port range.
For example, with IPv4, use the following command to check your current range for
ephemeral ports:
$ cat /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range
32768 61000
In the preceding example, the lowest port (32768) and the highest port (61000) are set
to the default range.
A-5
Appendix A
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle ASMLIB
If necessary, update the UDP and TCP ephemeral port range to a range high enough
for anticipated system workloads, and to ensure that the ephemeral port range starts
at 9000 and above. For example:
# echo 9000 65500 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_local_port_range
Oracle recommends that you make these settings permanent. For example, as root,
use a text editor to open /etc/sysctl.conf, and add or change to the following:
net.ipv4.ip_local_port_range = 9000 65500, and then restart the network:
# /etc/rc.d/init.d/network restart
Refer to your Linux distribution system administration documentation for information

about automating ephemeral port range alteration on system restarts.
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Using Oracle

ASMLIB
tasks:
Note:
To create a database during the installation using the Oracle ASM library
driver, you must choose an installation method that runs ASMCA in
interactive mode. You must also change the disk discovery string to ORCL:*.
Oracle ASMLIB is not supported on IBM:Linux on System z.
• About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASMLIB

Oracle ASMLIB maintains permissions and disk labels that are persistent on the
storage device, so that the label is available even after an operating system
upgrade.
• Installing and Configuring Oracle ASMLIB Software
Review this information to install and configure the Oracle Automatic Storage
Management library driver software manually.
• Configuring Disk Devices to Use Oracle ASMLIB
Configure disk devices to use in an Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk
group.
• Administering Oracle ASMLIB and Disks
Review this information to administer the Oracle Automatic Storage Management
library driver and disks.
• Deinstalling Oracle ASMLIB On Oracle Database
A-6
Appendix A
About Oracle ASM with Oracle ASMLIB

Oracle ASMLIB maintains permissions and disk labels that are persistent on the
storage device, so that the label is available even after an operating system upgrade.
The Oracle Automatic Storage Management library driver simplifies the configuration
and management of block disk devices by eliminating the need to rebind block disk
devices used with Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) each time the
system is restarted.
With Oracle ASMLIB, you define the range of disks you want to have made available
as Oracle ASM disks. Oracle ASMLIB maintains permissions and disk labels that are
persistent on the storage device, so that the label is available even after an operating
system upgrade.
Note:
If you configure disks using Oracle ASMLIB, then you must change the disk
discovery string to ORCL:*. If the diskstring is set to ORCL:*, or is left empty
(""), then the installer discovers these disks.
Installing and Configuring Oracle ASMLIB Software

Review this information to install and configure the Oracle Automatic Storage
Management library driver software manually.
Oracle ASMLIB is included with the Oracle Linux packages, and with SUSE Linux
Enterprise Server. If you are a member of the Unbreakable Linux Network, then you
can install the Oracle ASMLIB RPMs by subscribing to the Oracle Linux channel, and
using yum to retrieve the most current package for your system and kernel. For
additional information, see the following URL:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/topics/linux/asmlib/index-101839.html
To install and configure the Oracle Automatic Storage Management library driver
software manually, perform the following steps:
1. Enter the following command to determine the kernel version and architecture of
the system:
# uname -rm
2. Depending on your operating system version, download the required Oracle
Automatic Storage Management library driver packages and driver:
http://www.oracle.com/technetwork/server-storage/linux/asmlib/
index-101839.html
A-7
Appendix A
See Also:
My Oracle Support note 1089399.1 for information about Oracle ASMLIB
support with Red Hat distributions:
3. Switch to the root user:

$ su -
4. Depending on your operating system, you must install the oracleasmlib and
oracleasm-support packages for all Oracle ASMLIB installations.
Method 1: After you have downloaded the Oracle Automatic Storage
Management library driver packages as described in Step 2, run the following yum
commands to install the oracleasmlib and oracleasm-support packages
# yum install -y oracleasm

# yum install -y oracleasm-support
# yum install oracleasmlib
Method 2: Alternatively, install the following packages in sequence, where

version is the version of the Oracle Automatic Storage Management library driver,
arch is the system architecture, and kernel is the version of the kernel that you
are using:
oracleasm-support-version.arch.rpm
oracleasm-kernel-version.arch.rpm
oracleasmlib-version.arch.rpm
Enter a command similar to the following to install the packages:

# rpm -ivh oracleasm-support-version.arch.rpm \
oracleasm-kernel-version.arch.rpm \
oracleasmlib-version.arch.rpm
For example, if you are using the Red Hat Enterprise Linux 5 AS kernel on an
AMD64 system, then enter a command similar to the following:
# rpm -ivh oracleasm-support-2.1.3-1.el5.x86_64.rpm \
oracleasm-2.6.18-194.26.1.el5xen-2.0.5-1.el5.x86_64.rpm \
oracleasmlib-2.0.4-1.el5.x86_64.rpm
5. Enter the following command to run the oracleasm initialization script with the
configure option:
# /usr/sbin/oracleasm configure -i
Note:
The oracleasm command in /usr/sbin is the command you should use.
The /etc/init.d path is not deprecated, but the oracleasm binary in
that path is now used typically for internal commands.
A-8
Appendix A
6. Enter the following information in response to the prompts that the script displays:
Prompt Suggested Response

Default user to own the driver interface: Standard groups and users
configuration: Specify the Oracle
software owner user (for example,
oracle)
Job role separation groups and users
configuration: Specify the Grid
Infrastructure software owner (for
example, grid)
Default group to own the driver interface: Standard groups and users
configuration: Specify the OSDBA
group for the database (for example,
dba).
Job role separation groups and users
configuration: Specify the OSASM
group for storage administration (for
example, asmadmin).
Start Oracle ASM Library driver on boot (y/n): Enter y to start the Oracle Automatic
Storage Management library driver when
the system starts.
Scan for Oracle ASM disks on boot (y/n) Enter y to scan for Oracle ASM disks
when the system starts.
The script completes the following tasks:

• Creates the /etc/sysconfig/oracleasm configuration file
• Creates the /dev/oracleasm mount point
• Mounts the ASMLIB driver file system
Note:
The Oracle ASMLIB file system is not a regular file system. It is used
only by the Oracle ASM library to communicate with the Oracle
ASMLIB.
7. Enter the following command to load the oracleasm kernel module:

# /usr/sbin/oracleasm init
Configuring Disk Devices to Use Oracle ASMLIB

Configure disk devices to use in an Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk
group.
To configure the disk devices to use in an Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk
group, perform the following steps:
1. If you intend to use IDE, SCSI, or RAID devices in the Oracle Automatic Storage
Management disk group, then perform the following steps:
A-9
Appendix A
a. Install or configure the disk devices that you intend to use for the disk group
and restart the system.
b. Enter the following command to identify the device name for the disks to use:
# /sbin/fdisk -l
Depending on the type of disk, the device name can vary.
Table A-3 Device Name Formats Based on Disk Type
Disk Type Device Name Format Description
IDE disk /dev/hdxn In this example, x is a letter

that identifies the IDE disk,
and n is the partition
number. For
example, /dev/hda is the
first disk on the first IDE
bus.
SCSI disk /dev/sdxn In this example, x is a letter

that identifies the IDE disk,
and n is the partition
number. For
example, /dev/hda is the
first disk on the first IDE
bus.
RAID disk /dev/rd/cxdypz Depending on the RAID

/dev/ida/cxdypz controller, RAID devices
can have different device
names. In the examples
shown, x is a number that
identifies the controller, y is
a number that identifies the
disk, and z is a number
that identifies the partition.
For example, /dev/ida/
c0d1 is the second logical
drive on the first controller.
To include devices in a disk group, you can specify either whole-drive device
names or partition device names.
Note:
Oracle recommends that you create a single whole-disk partition on
each disk to use.
c. Use either fdisk or parted to create a single whole-disk partition on the disk
devices.
2. Enter a command similar to the following to mark a disk as an Oracle Automatic
Storage Management disk:
A-10
Appendix A
# /usr/sbin/oracleasm createdisk DISK1 /dev/sdb1
In this example, DISK1 is a name assigned to the disk.
Note:
• The disk names you specify can contain uppercase letters, numbers,
and the underscore character. They must start with an uppercase
letter.
• To create a database during the installation using the Oracle
Automatic Storage Management library driver, you must change the
disk discovery string to ORCL:*.
• If you are using a multi-pathing disk driver with Oracle ASM, then
make sure that you specify the correct logical device name for the
disk.
3. To make the disk available on the other nodes in the cluster, enter the following
command as root on each node:
# /usr/sbin/oracleasm scandisks
This command identifies shared disks attached to the node that are marked as
Oracle ASM disks.
Administering Oracle ASMLIB and Disks

Review this information to administer the Oracle Automatic Storage Management
library driver and disks.
To administer the Oracle Automatic Storage Management library driver and disks, use
the /usr/sbin/oracleasm initialization script with different options, as described in the
following table:
Table A-4 Disk Management Tasks Using ORACLEASM
Task Command Example Description

Configure or reconfigure oracleasm configure -i Use the configure option to reconfigure the Oracle
ASMLIB Automatic Storage Management library driver, if
necessary.
To see command options, enter oracleasm
configure without the -i flag.
Change system restart load oracleasm configure -e Options are -e to enable and -d to disable.
options for ASMLIB
Use the -e and -d options to change the actions of
the Oracle Automatic Storage Management library
driver when the system starts. The -e option
causes the Oracle Automatic Storage Management
library driver to load when the system starts.
A-11
Appendix A
Table A-4 (Cont.) Disk Management Tasks Using ORACLEASM

Load or unload ASMLIB oracleasm init Options are init to load and exit to unload.
without restarting the system
Use the init and exit options to load or unload
the Oracle Automatic Storage Management library
driver without restarting the system.
Mark a disk for use with oracleasm createdisk Use the createdisk option to mark a disk device
ASMLIB VOL1 /dev/sda1 for use with the Oracle Automatic Storage
Management library driver and give it a name,
where labelname is the name you want to use to
mark the device, and devicepath is the path to the
device:
oracleasm createdisk labelname
devicepath
Unmark a named disk device oracleasm deletedisk Use the deletedisk option to unmark a named
VOL1 disk device, where diskname is the name of the
disk:
oracleasm deletedisk diskname
Caution: Do not use this command to unmark disks
that are being used by an Oracle Automatic Storage
Management disk group. You must delete the disk
from the Oracle Automatic Storage Management
disk group before you unmark it.
Determine if ASMLIB is oracleasm querydisk Use the querydisk option to determine if a disk
using a disk device device or disk name is being used by the Oracle
Automatic Storage Management library driver,
where diskname_devicename is the name of the
disk or device that you want to query:
oracleasm querydisk diskname_devicename
List Oracle ASMLIB disks oracleasm listdisks Use the listdisks option to list the disk names of
marked Oracle ASM library driver disks.
Identify disks marked as oracleasm scandisks Use the scandisks option to enable cluster nodes
ASMLIB disks to identify which shared disks have been marked as
ASMLIB disks on another node.
A-12
Appendix A
Table A-4 (Cont.) Disk Management Tasks Using ORACLEASM

Rename ASMLIB disks oracleasm renamedisk Use the renamedisk option to change the label of
VOL1 VOL2 an Oracle ASM library driver disk or device by using
the following syntax, where manager specifies the
manager device, label_device specifies the disk
you intend to rename, as specified either by
OracleASM label name or by the device path, and
new_label specifies the new label you want to use
for the disk:
oracleasm renamedisk [-l manager] [-v]

label_device new_label
Use the -v flag to provide a verbose output for

debugging.
Caution: You must ensure that all Oracle Database
and Oracle ASM instances have ceased using the
disk before you relabel the disk. If you do not do
this, then you may lose data.
Deinstalling Oracle ASMLIB On Oracle Database

1. Stop Oracle ASM and any running database instance:
$ srvctl stop database
$ srvctl stop asm
2. Log in as root.
3. Stop the Oracle Restart stack:
# cd Grid_home/bin
# crsctl stop has

4. Stop Oracle ASMLIB:
# /etc/init.d/oracleasm disable
A-13
Appendix A
Configuring Storage Device Path Persistence Manually
5. Remove the oracleasm library and tools RPMs:
# rpm -e oracleasm-support
# rpm -e oracleasmlib
6. Check if any oracleasm RPMs are remaining:
# rpm -qa| grep oracleasm
7. If any oracleasm configuration files are remaining, remove them:
# rpm -qa| grep oracleasm | xargs rpm -e
Oracle ASMLIB and associated RPMs are now removed.
Start the Oracle Restart stack. Optionally, you can install and configure Oracle ASM
Filter Driver (Oracle ASMFD) before starting the Oracle Restart stack.

You can maintain storage file path persistence by creating a rules file.
By default, the device file naming scheme udev dynamically creates device file names
when the server is started, and assigns ownership of them to root. If udev applies
default settings, then it changes Oracle device file names and owners for the disks,
making the disks inaccessible when the server is restarted. For example, a voting disk
on a device named /dev/sdd owned by the user grid may be on a device
named /dev/sdf owned by root after restarting the server.
If you use Oracle ASMFD, then you do not have to ensure permissions and device
path persistence in udev.
If you do not use Oracle ASMFD, then you must create a custom rules file. Linux
vendors customize their udev configurations and use different orders for reading rules
files. For example, on some Linux distributions when udev is started, it sequentially
carries out rules (configuration directives) defined in rules files. These files are in the
path /etc/udev/rules.d/. Rules files are read in lexical order. For example, rules
in the file 10-wacom.rules are parsed and carried out before rules in the rules file 90-
ib.rules.
When specifying the device information in the udev rules file, ensure that the OWNER,
GROUP, and MODE are specified before all other characteristics in the order shown.
For example, to include the characteristic ACTION on the UDEV line, specify ACTION
after OWNER, GROUP, and MODE.
Where rules files describe the same devices, on the supported Linux kernel versions,
the last file read is the one that is applied.
• Configuring Device Persistence Manually for Oracle ASM
Complete these tasks to create device path persistence manually for Oracle ASM.
A-14
Appendix A
Configuring Device Persistence Manually for Oracle ASM

Complete these tasks to create device path persistence manually for Oracle ASM.
1. On existing systems (single instance or clustered), to obtain current mount paths,
run the command scsi_id (/sbin/scsi_id) on storage devices on a server to
obtain their unique device identifiers. When you run the command scsi_id with
the -s argument, the device path and name you provide should be relative to the
sysfs directory /sys (for example, /block/device) when referring to /sys/
block/device.
For example:
# /sbin/scsi_id -g -s /block/sdb/sdb1
360a98000686f6959684a453333524174
# /sbin/scsi_id -g -s /block/sde/sde1
360a98000686f6959684a453333524179
Record the unique SCSI identifiers, so you can provide them when required.
Note:
The command scsi_id should return the same device identifier value
for a given device, regardless of which node the command is run from.
2. Configure SCSI devices as trusted devices (white listed), by editing the /etc/
scsi_id.config file and adding options=-g to the file. For example:
# cat > /etc/scsi_id.config

vendor="ATA",options=-p 0x80
options=-g
3. Using a text editor, create a UDEV rules file for the Oracle ASM devices, setting
permissions to 0660 for the installation owner and the operating system group you
have designated the OSASM group, whose members are administrators of the
Oracle Grid Infrastructure software. For example, on Oracle Linux, to create a role-
based configuration rules.d file where the installation owner is grid and the
OSASM group asmadmin, enter commands similar to the following:
# vi /etc/udev/rules.d/99-oracle-asmdevices.rules
KERNEL=="sdb1, OWNER="grid", GROUP="asmadmin", MODE="0660",

BUS=="scsi", PROGRAM=="/sbin/scsi_id", RESULT=="14f70656e66696c00000000"
KERNEL=="sdc1", OWNER="grid", GROUP="asmadmin", MODE="0660",
KERNEL=="sdd1", OWNER="grid", GROUP="asmadmin", MODE="0660",
A-15
Appendix A
4. On clustered systems, copy the rules.d file to all other nodes on the cluster. For
example:
# scp 99-oracle-asmdevices.rules root@node2:/etc/udev/rules.d/99-oracle-

asmdevices.rules
5. As root, run the partprobe command using the syntax /sbin/partprobe

devicename.
For example:
# /sbin/partprobe /dev/sdc1
# /sbin/partprobe /dev/sdd1
# /sbin/partprobe /dev/sde1
# /sbin/partprobe /dev/sdf1
6. Run the command udevtest (/sbin/udevtest) to test the UDEV rules

configuration you have created. The output should indicate that the devices are
available and the rules are applied as expected. For example, for /dev/ssd1:
# udevtest /block/sdd/sdd1
main: looking at device '/block/sdd/sdd1' from subsystem 'block'
udev_rules_get_name: add symlink
'disk/by-id/scsi-360a98000686f6959684a453333524174-part1'
udev_rules_get_name: add symlink
'disk/by-path/ip-192.168.1.1:3260-iscsi-iqn.1992-08.com.netapp:sn.
887085-part1'
udev_node_mknod: preserve file '/dev/.tmp-8-17', because it has correct
dev_t
run_program: '/lib/udev/vol_id --export /dev/.tmp-8-17'
run_program: '/lib/udev/vol_id' returned with status 4
run_program: '/sbin/scsi_id'
run_program: '/sbin/scsi_id' (stdout)
'360a98000686f6959684a453333524174'
run_program: '/sbin/scsi_id' returned with status 0
udev_rules_get_name: rule applied, 'sdd1' becomes 'data1'
udev_device_event: device '/block/sdd/sdd1' validate currently present
symlinks
udev_node_add: creating device node '/dev/data1', major = '8', minor =
'17',
mode = '0640', uid = '0', gid = '500'
udev_node_add: creating symlink
'/dev/disk/by-id/scsi-360a98000686f6959684a453333524174-part1' to
'../../data1'
udev_node_add: creating symlink
'/dev/disk/by-path/ip-192.168.1.1:3260-iscsi-iqn.1992-08.com.netapp:sn.
84187085
-part1' to '../../data1'
main: run: 'socket:/org/kernel/udev/monitor'
main: run: '/lib/udev/udev_run_devd'
main: run: 'socket:/org/freedesktop/hal/udev_event'
main: run: '/sbin/pam_console_apply /dev/data1
/dev/disk/by-id/scsi-360a98000686f6959684a453333524174-part1
/dev/disk/by-path/ip-192.168.1.1:3260-iscsi-iqn.1992-08.com.netapp:sn.
A-16
Appendix A
84187085-
part1'
In the example output, note that applying the rules renames OCR device /dev/
sdd1 to /dev/data1.
7. Load the rules and restart the UDEV service. For example:
• Oracle Linux and Red Hat Enterprise Linux
# udevadm control --reload-rules
• SUSE Linux Enterprise Server
# /etc/init.d boot.udev restart
Verify that the device permissions and ownerships are set correctly.
A-17
B
Installing and Configuring Oracle Database
Using Response Files
Review the following topics to install and configure Oracle products using response
files.
• How Response Files Work
Response files can assist you with installing an Oracle product multiple times on
multiple computers.
• Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode
Review this section for use cases for running the installer in silent mode or
response file mode.
• Using Response Files
Review this information to use response files.
• Preparing Response Files
Review this information to prepare response files for use during silent mode or
response file mode installations.
• Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
After creating the response file, run Oracle Universal Installer at the command line,
specifying the response file you created, to perform the installation.
• Running Configuration Assistants Using Response Files
You can run configuration assistants in response file or silent mode to configure
and start Oracle software after it is installed on the system. To run configuration
assistants in response file or silent mode, you must copy and edit a response file
template.
• Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File Created During Installation
Use response files to configure Oracle software after installation. You can use the
same response file created during installation to also complete postinstallation
configuration.
• Postinstallation Configuration Using the ConfigToolAllCommands Script
You can create and run a response file configuration after installing Oracle
software. The configToolAllCommands script requires users to create a
second response file, of a different format than the one used for installing the
product.
How Response Files Work

Response files can assist you with installing an Oracle product multiple times on
multiple computers.
When you start Oracle Universal Installer (OUI), you can use a response file to
automate the installation and configuration of Oracle software, either fully or partially.
OUI uses the values contained in the response file to provide answers to some or all
installation prompts.
B-1
Appendix B
Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode
Typically, the installer runs in interactive mode, which means that it prompts you to
provide information in graphical user interface (GUI) screens. When you use response
files to provide this information, you run the installer from a command prompt using
either of the following modes:
• Silent mode
If you include responses for all of the prompts in the response file and specify the
-silent option when starting the installer, then it runs in silent mode. During a
silent mode installation, the installer does not display any screens. Instead, it
displays progress information in the terminal that you used to start it.
• Response file mode
If you include responses for some or all of the prompts in the response file and
omit the -silent option, then the installer runs in response file mode. During a
response file mode installation, the installer displays all the screens, screens for
which you specify information in the response file, and also screens for which you
did not specify the required information in the response file.
You define the settings for a silent or response file installation by entering values for
the variables listed in the response file. For example, to specify the Oracle home
name, provide the Oracle home path for the ORACLE_HOME environment variable:
ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
Reasons for Using Silent Mode or Response File Mode

Review this section for use cases for running the installer in silent mode or response
file mode.
Mode Uses
Silent Use silent mode for the following installations:
• Complete an unattended installation, which you schedule using
operating system utilities such as at.
• Complete several similar installations on multiple systems without user
interaction.
• Install the software on a system that does not have X Window System
software installed on it.
The installer displays progress information on the terminal that you used to
start it, but it does not display any of the installer screens.
Response file Use response file mode to complete similar Oracle software installations on
more than one system, providing default answers to some, but not all of the
installer prompts.
Using Response Files

Review this information to use response files.
Use the following general steps to install and configure Oracle products using the
installer in silent or response file mode:
B-2
Appendix B
Preparing Response Files
Note:
You must complete all required preinstallation tasks on a system before
running the installer in silent or response file mode.
1. Prepare a response file.

2. Run the installer in silent or response file mode.
3. Run the root scripts as prompted by Oracle Universal Installer.
4. If you completed a software-only installation, then run Net Configuration Assistant
and Oracle DBCA in silent or response file mode to create the database listener
and an Oracle Database instance respectively.

Review this information to prepare response files for use during silent mode or
response file mode installations.
• Editing a Response File Template
Oracle provides response file templates for each product and each configuration
tool.
• Recording Response Files
You can use OUI in interactive mode to record response files, which you can then
edit and use to complete silent mode or response file mode installations. This
method is useful for Advanced or software-only installations.
Editing a Response File Template

Oracle provides response file templates for each product and each configuration tool.
About Response File Templates

For Oracle Database, the response file templates are located in the $ORACLE_HOME/
install/response directory. For Oracle Grid Infrastructure, the response file
templates are located in the Grid_home/install/response directory.
Note:
If you copied the software to a hard disk, then the response files are located
in the /response directory.
All response file templates contain comment entries, sample formats, examples, and
other useful instructions. Read the response file instructions to understand how to
specify values for the response file variables, so that you can customize your
installation.
The following table lists the response files provided with this software:
B-3
Appendix B
Table B-1 Response Files for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure
Response File Description

db_install.rsp Silent installation of Oracle Database.
dbca.rsp Silent creation and configuration of Oracle Database using Oracle

DBCA.
netca.rsp Silent configuration of Oracle Net using Oracle NETCA.
gridsetup.rsp Silent configuration of Oracle Grid Infrastructure installations.
Caution:
When you modify a response file template and save a file for use, the
response file may contain plain text passwords. Ownership of the response
file should be given to the Oracle software installation owner only, and
permissions on the response file should be changed to 600. Oracle strongly
recommends that database administrators or other administrators delete or
secure response files when they are not in use.
To copy and modify a response file:

1. Copy the response file from the response file directory to a directory on your
system:
For example, for Oracle Database:
$ cp $ORACLE_HOME/install/response/db_install.rsp local_directory
2. Open the response file in a text editor:

$ vi /local_dir/db_install.rsp
3. Follow the instructions in the file to edit it.
Note:
The installer or configuration assistant fails if you do not correctly
configure the response file. Also, ensure that your response file name
has the .rsp suffix.
4. Secure the response file by changing the permissions on the file to 600:
$ chmod 600 /local_dir/db_install.rsp
Ensure that only the Oracle software owner user can view or modify response files
or consider deleting them after the installation succeeds.
B-4
Appendix B
Note:
A fully-specified response file for an Oracle Database installation
contains the passwords for database administrative accounts and for a
user who is a member of the OSDBA group (required for automated
backups).
Recording Response Files

You can use OUI in interactive mode to record response files, which you can then edit
and use to complete silent mode or response file mode installations. This method is
useful for Advanced or software-only installations.
You can save all the installation steps into a response file during installation by clicking
Save Response File on the Summary page. You can use the generated response file
for a silent installation later.
When you record the response file, you can either complete the installation, or you can
exit from the installer on the Summary page, before OUI starts to set up the software
to the system.
If you use record mode during a response file mode installation, then the installer
records the variable values that were specified in the original source response file into
the new response file.
Note:
OUI does not save passwords while recording the response file.
To record a response file:

1. Complete preinstallation tasks as for a standard installation.
When you run the installer to record a response file, it checks the system to verify
that it meets the requirements to install the software. For this reason, Oracle
recommends that you complete all of the required preinstallation tasks and record
the response file while completing an installation.
2. Ensure that the Oracle software owner user (typically oracle) has permissions to
create or write to the Oracle home path that you specify when you run the installer.
3. On each installation screen, specify the required information.
4. When the installer displays the Summary screen, perform the following steps:
a. Click Save Response File. In the window, specify a file name and location for
the new response file. Click Save to write the responses you entered to the
response file.
b. Click Finish to continue with the installation.
Click Cancel if you do not want to continue with the installation. The
installation stops, but the recorded response file is retained.
B-5
Appendix B
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File
Note:
Ensure that your response file name has the .rsp suffix.
5. Before you use the saved response file on another system, edit the file and make
any required changes. Use the instructions in the file as a guide when editing it.
Running Oracle Universal Installer Using a Response File

After creating the response file, run Oracle Universal Installer at the command line,
specifying the response file you created, to perform the installation.
Run Oracle Universal Installer at the command line, specifying the response file you
created. The Oracle Universal Installer executables, runInstaller and
gridSetup.sh, provide several options. For help information on the full set of these
options, run the gridSetup.sh or runInstaller command with the -help option.
For example:
• For Oracle Database:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/runInstaller -help
• For Oracle Grid Infrastructure:
$ /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/gridSetup.sh -help
The help information appears in a window after some time.

To run the installer using a response file:
1. Complete the preinstallation tasks for a normal installation.
2. Log in as the software installation owner user.
3. If you are completing a response file mode installation, then set the operating
system DISPLAY environment variable for the user running the installation.
Note:
You do not have to set the DISPLAY environment variable if you are
completing a silent mode installation.
4. To start the installer in silent or response file mode, enter a command similar to
the following:
• For Oracle Database:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/runInstaller [-silent] \
-responseFile responsefilename
B-6
Appendix B
Running Configuration Assistants Using Response Files
• For Oracle Grid Infrastructure:
$ /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid/gridSetup.sh [-silent] \
-responseFile responsefilename
Note:
Do not specify a relative path to the response file. If you specify a
relative path, then the installer fails.
In this example:
• -silent runs the installer in silent mode.
• responsefilename is the full path and file name of the installation response file
that you configured.
5. If this is the first time you are installing Oracle software on your system, then
Oracle Universal Installer prompts you to run the orainstRoot.sh script.
Log in as the root user and run the orainstRoot.sh script:
$ su root
password:
# /u01/app/oraInventory/orainstRoot.sh
Note:
You do not have to manually create the oraInst.loc file. Running the
orainstRoot.sh script is sufficient as it specifies the location of the
Oracle Inventory directory.
6. When the installation completes, log in as the root user and run the root.sh
script. For example:
$ su root
password:
# $ORACLE_HOME/root.sh

You can run configuration assistants in response file or silent mode to configure and
start Oracle software after it is installed on the system. To run configuration assistants
in response file or silent mode, you must copy and edit a response file template.
Note:
If you copied the software to a hard disk, then the response file template is
located in the /response directory.
B-7
Appendix B
• Running Net Configuration Assistant Using Response Files

You can run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode to configure and start an
Oracle Net Listener on the system, configure naming methods, and configure
Oracle Net service names.
• Running Oracle DBCA Using Response Files
You can run Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) in response
file mode to configure and start an Oracle database on the system.
Running Net Configuration Assistant Using Response Files

You can run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode to configure and start an
Oracle Net Listener on the system, configure naming methods, and configure Oracle
Net service names.
To run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode, you must copy and edit a response
file template. Oracle provides a response file template named netca.rsp in
the $ORACLE_HOME/assistants/netca directory.
To run Net Configuration Assistant using a response file:

1. Copy the netca.rsp response file template from the response file directory to a
directory on your system:
$ cp /directory_path/assistants/netca/netca.rsp local_directory
In this example, directory_path is the path of the directory where you have copied
the installation binaries.
$ vi /local_dir/netca.rsp
3. Follow the instructions in the file to edit it.
Note:
Net Configuration Assistant fails if you do not correctly configure the
response file.
4. Log in as the Oracle software owner user, and set the ORACLE_HOME environment
variable to specify the correct Oracle home directory.
5. Enter a command similar to the following to run Net Configuration Assistant in
silent mode:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/netca /silent /responsefile /local_dir/netca.rsp
In this command:
• The /silent option indicates to run Net Configuration Assistant in silent mode.
• local_dir is the full path of the directory where you copied the netca.rsp
response file template.
B-8
Appendix B
Running Oracle DBCA Using Response Files

You can run Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) in response file
mode to configure and start an Oracle database on the system.
To run Oracle DBCA in response file mode, you must copy and edit a response file
template. Oracle provides a response file template named dbca.rsp in the
ORACLE_HOME/assistants/dbca directory. To run Oracle DBCA in response file
mode, you must use the -responseFile flag in combination with the -silent flag.
You must also use a graphical display and set the DISPLAY environment variable.
To run Oracle DBCA in response file mode:

1. Copy the dbca.rsp response file template from the response file directory to a
directory on your system:
$ cp /directory_path/assistants/dbca/dbca.rsp local_directory
In this example, directory_path is the path of the directory where you have
copied the installation binaries.
As an alternative to editing the response file template, you can also create a
database by specifying all required information as command line options when you
run Oracle DBCA. For information about the list of options supported, enter the
following command:
$ $ORACLE_HOME/bin/dbca -help
$ vi /local_dir/dbca.rsp
3. Follow the instructions in the file to edit the file.
Note:
Oracle DBCA fails if you do not correctly configure the response file.
4. Log in as the Oracle software owner user, and set the ORACLE_HOME environment
variable to specify the correct Oracle home directory.
5. To run Oracle DBCA in response file mode, set the DISPLAY environment variable.
6. Use the following command syntax to run Oracle DBCA in silent or response file
mode using a response file:
$ORACLE_HOME/bin/dbca [-silent] -responseFile /local_dir/dbca.rsp
In this example:
• -silent option indicates that Oracle DBCA runs in silent mode.
B-9
Appendix B
Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File Created During Installation
• local_dir is the full path of the directory where you copied the dbca.rsp
response file template.
During configuration, Oracle DBCA displays a window that contains the status
messages and a progress bar.
Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File Created

During Installation
Use response files to configure Oracle software after installation. You can use the
same response file created during installation to also complete postinstallation
configuration.
• Using the Installation Response File for Postinstallation Configuration
Starting with Oracle Database 12c release 2 (12.2), you can use the response file
created during installation to also complete postinstallation configuration.
• Running Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File
You can use a response file to complete postinstallation tasks on one or more
servers simultaneously.
Using the Installation Response File for Postinstallation Configuration

Starting with Oracle Database 12c release 2 (12.2), you can use the response file
created during installation to also complete postinstallation configuration.
Run the installer with the -executeConfigTools option to configure configuration
assistants after installing Oracle Grid Infrastructure or Oracle Database. You can use
the response file located at $ORACLE_HOME/install/response/
product_timestamp.rsp to obtain the passwords required to run the configuration tools.
You must update the response file with the required passwords before running the -
executeConfigTools command.
Oracle strongly recommends that you maintain security with a password response file:
• Permissions on the response file should be set to 600.
• The owner of the response file should be the installation owner user, with the
group set to the central inventory (oraInventory) group.
Example B-1 Response File Passwords for Oracle Grid Infrastructure (grid
user)
grid.install.crs.config.ipmi.bmcPassword=password
grid.install.asm.SYSASMPassword=password
grid.install.asm.monitorPassword=password
grid.install.config.emAdminPassword=password
If you do not have a BMC card, or you do not want to enable IPMI, then leave the
ipmi.bmcPassword input field blank.
If you do not want to enable Oracle Enterprise Manager for management, then leave
the emAdminPassword password field blank.
B-10
Appendix B
Example B-2 Response File Passwords for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Standalone Server (oracle user)
oracle.install.asm.SYSASMPassword=password
oracle.install.asm.monitorPassword=password
oracle.install.config.emAdminPassword=password
the emAdminPassword password field blank.
Example B-3 Response File Passwords for Oracle Database (oracle user)
This example illustrates the passwords to specify for use with the database
configuration assistants.
oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.password.SYS=password
oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.password.SYSTEM=password
oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.password.DBSNMP=password
oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.password.PDBADMIN=password
oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.emAdminPassword=password
oracle.install.db.config.asm.ASMSNMPPassword=password
You can also specify

oracle.install.db.config.starterdb.password.ALL=password to use the same
password for all database users.
The database configuration assistants require the SYS, SYSTEM, and DBSNMP
passwords for use with Oracle DBCA. You must specify the following passwords,
depending on your system configuration:
• If the database uses Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) for
storage, then you must specify a password for the ASMSNMPPassword variable. If
you are not using Oracle ASM, then leave the value for this password variable
blank.
• If you create a multitenant container database (CDB) with one or more pluggable
databases (PDBs), then you must specify a password for the PDBADMIN variable. If
blank.
Running Postinstallation Configuration Using Response File

You can use a response file to complete postinstallation tasks on one or more servers
simultaneously.
Complete this procedure to run configuration assistants with the
executeConfigTools command and a response file.
1. Edit the response file and specify the required passwords for your configuration.
You can use the response file created during installation, located
at $ORACLE_HOME/install/response/product_timestamp.rsp. For example:
B-11
Appendix B
For Oracle Database (oracle user)
oracle.install.asm.SYSASMPassword=password
oracle.install.config.emAdminPassword=password
For Oracle Grid Infrastructure (grid user)
grid.install.asm.SYSASMPassword=password
grid.install.config.emAdminPassword=password
2. Change directory to the Oracle home containing the installation software. For
example:
For Oracle Grid Infrastructure:
cd Grid_home
Where, Grid_home is the path to the Oracle Grid Infrastructure home

directory /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/grid
For Oracle Database:
cd $ORACLE_HOME
3. Run the configuration script using the following syntax:

For Oracle Grid Infrastructure:
$ ./gridSetup.sh -executeConfigTools -responseFile Grid_home/install/

response/product_timestamp.rsp
$ ./runInstaller -executeConfigTools -responseFile $ORACLE_HOME/install/

response/product_timestamp.rsp
For Oracle Database, you can also run the response file located in the
directory $ORACLE_HOME/inventory/response/:
$ ./runInstaller -executeConfigTools -responseFile $ORACLE_HOME/

inventory/response/db_install.rsp
The postinstallation configuration tool runs the installer in the graphical user
interface mode, displaying the progress of the postinstallation configuration.
Specify the [-silent] option to run the postinstallation configuration in the
silent mode.
For example, for Oracle Grid Infrastructure:
$ ./gridSetup.sh -executeConfigTools -responseFile /u01/app/oracle/

product/19.0.0/grid/response/grid_2016-01-09_01-03-36PM.rsp [-silent]
B-12
Appendix B
Postinstallation Configuration Using the ConfigToolAllCommands Script
$ ./runInstaller -executeConfigTools -responseFile /u01/app/oracle/

product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/inventory/response/db_2016-01-09_01-03-36PM.rsp
[-silent]
Postinstallation Configuration Using the

ConfigToolAllCommands Script
You can create and run a response file configuration after installing Oracle software.
The configToolAllCommands script requires users to create a second response
file, of a different format than the one used for installing the product.
Starting with Oracle Database 12c Release 2 (12.2), the configToolAllCommands
script is deprecated and may be desupported in a future release.
• About the Postinstallation Configuration File
When you run a silent or response file installation, you provide information about
your servers in a response file that you otherwise provide manually during a
graphical user interface installation.
• Creating a Password Response File
You can create a password response file and use it with configuration assistants to
perform silent installation.
• Running Postinstallation Configuration Using a Password Response File
configToolAllCommands script.
About the Postinstallation Configuration File

When you run a silent or response file installation, you provide information about your
servers in a response file that you otherwise provide manually during a graphical user
interface installation.
However, the response file does not contain passwords for user accounts that
configuration assistants require after software installation is complete. The
configuration assistants are started with a script called configToolAllCommands. You
can run this script in response file mode by using a password response file. The script
uses the passwords to run the configuration tools in succession to complete
configuration.
If you keep the password file to use for clone installations, then Oracle strongly
recommends that you store the password file in a secure location. In addition, if you
have to stop an installation to fix an error, then you can run the configuration
assistants using configToolAllCommands and a password response file.
The configToolAllCommands password response file has the following syntax options:
• oracle.crs for Oracle Grid Infrastructure components or oracle.server for

Oracle Database components that the configuration assistants configure
• variable_name is the name of the configuration file variable
• value is the desired value to use for configuration.
B-13
Appendix B
The command syntax is as follows:

internal_component_name|variable_name=value
For example:
oracle.crs|S_ASMPASSWORD=PassWord
The database configuration assistants require the SYS, SYSTEM, and DBSNMP
passwords for use with Oracle DBCA. You may need to specify the following additional
passwords, depending on your system configuration:
• If the database is using Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) for
storage, then you must specify a password for the S_ASMSNMPPASSWORD variable. If
blank.
• If you create a multitenant container database (CDB) with one or more pluggable
databases (PDBs), then you must specify a password for the S_PDBADMINPASSWORD
variable. If you are not using Oracle ASM, then leave the value for this password
variable blank.
Oracle strongly recommends that you maintain security with a password response file:
• Permissions on the response file should be set to 600.
• The owner of the response file should be the installation owner user, with the
group set to the central inventory (oraInventory) group.
Creating a Password Response File

Perform the following steps to create a password response file:
1. Create a response file that has a name of the format filename.properties, for
example:
$ touch pwdrsp.properties
2. Open the file with a text editor, and cut and paste the sample password file
contents, as shown in the examples, modifying as needed.
3. Change permissions to secure the password response file. For example:
$ ls -al pwdrsp.properties
-rw------- 1 oracle oinstall 0 Apr 30 17:30 pwdrsp.properties
Example B-4 Password response file for Oracle Grid Infrastructure (grid user)
grid.crs|S_ASMPASSWORD=password
grid.crs|S_OMSPASSWORD=password
grid.crs|S_BMCPASSWORD=password
grid.crs|S_ASMMONITORPASSWORD=password
B-14
Appendix B
If you do not have a BMC card, or you do not want to enable IPMI, then leave the
S_BMCPASSWORD input field blank.
Example B-5 Password response file for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
Standalone Server (oracle user)
oracle.crs|S_ASMPASSWORD=password
oracle.crs|S_OMSPASSWORD=password
oracle.crs|S_ASMMONITORPASSWORD=password
Example B-6 Password response file for Oracle Database (oracle user)
This example provides a template for a password response file to use with the
database configuration assistants.
oracle.server|S_SYSPASSWORD=password
oracle.server|S_SYSTEMPASSWORD=password
oracle.server|S_EMADMINPASSWORD=password
oracle.server|S_DBSNMPPASSWORD=password
oracle.server|S_ASMSNMPPASSWORD=password
oracle.server|S_PDBADMINPASSWORD=password
those password fields blank.
Running Postinstallation Configuration Using a Password Response

File
configToolAllCommands script.
1. Create a password response file as described in Creating a Password File.

2. Change directory to $ORACLE_HOME/cfgtoollogs.
3. Run the configuration script using the following syntax:
configToolAllCommands RESPONSE_FILE=/path/name.properties
For example:
$ ./configToolAllCommands RESPONSE_FILE=/home/oracle/pwdrsp.properties
Related Topics
• Creating a Password Response File
B-15
C
Optimal Flexible Architecture
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) rules are a set of configuration guidelines
created to ensure well-organized Oracle installations, which simplifies administration,
support and maintenance.
• About the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) rules help you to organize database
software and configure databases to allow multiple databases, of different
versions, owned by different users to coexist.
• About Multiple Oracle Homes Support
Oracle Database supports multiple Oracle homes. You can install this release or
earlier releases of the software more than once on the same system, in different
Oracle home directories.
• About the Oracle Inventory Directory and Installation
The directory that you designate as the Oracle Inventory directory (oraInventory)
stores an inventory of all software installed on the system.
• Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention
The Oracle Base directory is the database home directory for Oracle Database
installation owners, and the log file location for Oracle Grid Infrastructure owners.
• Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention
By default, Oracle Universal Installer configures Oracle home directories using
these Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture conventions.
• Optimal Flexible Architecture File Path Examples
Review examples of hierarchical file mappings of an Optimal Flexible Architecture-
compliant installation.
About the Optimal Flexible Architecture Standard

Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) rules help you to organize database
software and configure databases to allow multiple databases, of different versions,
owned by different users to coexist.
In earlier Oracle Database releases, the OFA rules provided optimal system
performance by isolating fragmentation and minimizing contention. In current releases,
OFA rules provide consistency in database management and support, and simplifies
expanding or adding databases, or adding additional hardware.
By default, Oracle Universal Installer places Oracle Database components in directory
locations and with permissions in compliance with OFA rules. Oracle recommends that
you configure all Oracle components on the installation media in accordance with OFA
guidelines.
Oracle recommends that you accept the OFA default. Following OFA rules is
especially of value if the database is large, or if you plan to have multiple databases.
C-1
Appendix C
About Multiple Oracle Homes Support
Note:
OFA assists in identification of an ORACLE_BASE with its Automatic
Diagnostic Repository (ADR) diagnostic data to properly collect incidents.
About Multiple Oracle Homes Support

Oracle Database supports multiple Oracle homes. You can install this release or
earlier releases of the software more than once on the same system, in different
Oracle home directories.
Careful selection of mount point names can make Oracle software easier to
administer. Configuring multiple Oracle homes in compliance with Optimal Flexible
Architecture (OFA) rules provides the following advantages:
• You can install this release, or earlier releases of the software, more than once on
the same system, in different Oracle home directories. However, you cannot install
products from one release of Oracle Database into an Oracle home directory of a
different release. For example, you cannot install Oracle Database 19c software
into an existing Oracle 18c Oracle home directory.
• Multiple databases, of different versions, owned by different users can coexist
concurrently.
• You must install a new Oracle Database release in a new Oracle home that is
separate from earlier releases of Oracle Database.
You cannot install multiple releases in one Oracle home. Oracle recommends that
you create a separate Oracle Database Oracle home for each release, in
accordance with the Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) guidelines.
• In production, the Oracle Database server software release must be the same as
the Oracle Database dictionary release through the first four digits (the major,
maintenance, and patch release number).
• Later Oracle Database releases can access earlier Oracle Database releases.
However, this access is only for upgrades. For example, Oracle Database 19c can
access an Oracle Database 18c if the 18c database is started up in upgrade
mode.
• Oracle Database Client can be installed in the same Oracle Database home if both
products are at the same release level. For example, you can install Oracle
Database Client 12.2.0.1 into an existing Oracle Database 12.2.0.1 home but you
cannot install Oracle Database Client 12.2.0.1 into an existing Oracle Database
12.1.0.2 home. If you apply a patch set before installing the client, then you must
apply the patch set again.
• Structured organization of directories and files, and consistent naming for
database files simplify database administration.
• Login home directories are not at risk when database administrators add, move, or
delete Oracle home directories.
• You can test software upgrades in an Oracle home in a separate directory from
the Oracle home where your production database is located.
C-2
Appendix C
About the Oracle Inventory Directory and Installation
About the Oracle Inventory Directory and Installation

The directory that you designate as the Oracle Inventory directory (oraInventory)
stores an inventory of all software installed on the system.
All Oracle software installation owners on a server are granted the OINSTALL
privileges to read and write to this directory. If you have previous Oracle software
installations on a server, then additional Oracle software installations detect this
directory from the /etc/oraInst.loc file, and continue to use that Oracle Inventory.
Ensure that the group designated as the OINSTALL group is available as a primary
group for all planned Oracle software installation owners.
If you are installing Oracle software for the first time, then OUI creates an Oracle base
and central inventory, and creates an Oracle inventory using information in the
following priority:
• In the path indicated in the ORACLE_BASE environment variable set for the
installation owner user account
• In an Optimal Flexible Architecture (OFA) path (u[01–99]/app/owner where
owner is the name of the user account running the installation), and that user
account has permissions to write to that path
• In the user home directory, in the path /app/owner, where owner is the name of
the user account running the installation
For example:
If you are performing an Oracle Database installation, and you set ORACLE_BASE for
user oracle to the path /u01/app/oracle before installation, and grant 755
permissions to oracle for that path, then Oracle Universal Installer creates the Oracle
Inventory directory one level above the ORACLE_BASE in the path
ORACLE_BASE/../oraInventory, so the Oracle Inventory path is /u01/app/
oraInventory. Oracle Universal Installer installs the software in the ORACLE_BASE
path. If you are performing an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Cluster installation, then
the Grid installation path is changed to root ownership after installation, and the Grid
home software location should be in a different path from the Grid user Oracle base.
If you create the OFA path /u01, and grant oracle 755 permissions to write to that
path, then the Oracle Inventory directory is created in the path /u01/app/
oraInventory, and Oracle Universal Installer creates the path /u01/app/oracle,
and configures the ORACLE_BASE environment variable for the Oracle user to that
path. If you are performing an Oracle Database installation, then the Oracle home is
installed under the Oracle base. However, if you are installing Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a cluster, then be aware that ownership of the path for the Grid home
is changed to root after installation and the Grid base and Grid home should be in
different locations, such as /u01/app/19.0.0/grid for the Grid home path,
and /u01/app/grid for the Grid base. For example:
/u01/app/oraInventory, owned by grid:oinstall

/u01/app/oracle, owned by oracle:oinstall
/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/, owned by oracle:oinistall
/u01/app/grid, owned by grid:oinstall
/u01/app/19.0.0/grid, owned by root
C-3
Appendix C
Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention
If you have neither set ORACLE_BASE, nor created an OFA-compliant path, then the
Oracle Inventory directory is placed in the home directory of the user that is performing
the installation, and the Oracle software is installed in the path /app/owner, where
owner is the Oracle software installation owner. For example:
/home/oracle/oraInventory
/home/oracle/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
Oracle Base Directory Naming Convention

The Oracle Base directory is the database home directory for Oracle Database
installation owners, and the log file location for Oracle Grid Infrastructure owners.
Name Oracle base directories using the syntax /pm/h/u, where pm is a string mount
point name, h is selected from a small set of standard directory names, and u is the
name of the owner of the directory.
You can use the same Oracle base directory for multiple installations. If different
operating system users install Oracle software on the same system, then you must
create a separate Oracle base directory for each installation owner. For ease of
administration, Oracle recommends that you create a unique owner for each Oracle
software installation owner, to separate log files.
Because all Oracle installation owners write to the central Oracle inventory file, and
that file mountpoint is in the same mount point path as the initial Oracle installation,
Oracle recommends that you use the same /pm/h path for all Oracle installation
owners.
Table C-1 Examples of OFA-Compliant Oracle Base Directory Names
Example Description
Oracle Database Oracle base, where the Oracle Database software
/u01/app/ installation owner name is oracle. The Oracle Database binary home is
oracle located underneath the Oracle base path.
Oracle Grid Infrastructure Oracle base, where the Oracle Grid Infrastructure
/u01/app/grid software installation owner name is grid.
Caution:
The Oracle Grid Infrastructure Oracle base
should not contain the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure binaries for an Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a cluster installation.
Permissions for the file path to the Oracle Grid
Infrastructure binary home is changed to root
during installation.
C-4
Appendix C
Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention
Oracle Home Directory Naming Convention

By default, Oracle Universal Installer configures Oracle home directories using these
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture conventions.
The directory pattern syntax for Oracle homes is /pm/s/u/product/v/type_[n]. The
following table describes the variables used in this syntax:
Variable Description
pm A mount point name.
s A standard directory name.
u The name of the owner of the directory.
v The version of the software.
type The type of installation. For example: Database (dbhome), Client (client),
or Oracle Grid Infrastructure (grid)
n An optional counter, which enables you to install the same product more
than once in the same Oracle base directory. For example: Database 1 and
Database 2 (dbhome_1, dbhome_2)
For example, the following path is typical for the first installation of Oracle Database on
this system:
/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
Optimal Flexible Architecture File Path Examples

Review examples of hierarchical file mappings of an Optimal Flexible Architecture-
compliant installation.
/u02/u03 /u04
Note:
• The Grid homes are examples of Grid homes used for an Oracle Grid
Infrastructure for a standalone server deployment (Oracle Restart), or a
Grid home used for an Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a cluster
deployment (Oracle Clusterware). You can have either an Oracle Restart
deployment, or an Oracle Clusterware deployment. You cannot have
both options deployed at the same time.
• Oracle Automatic Storage Management (Oracle ASM) is included as part
of an Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation. Oracle recommends that you
use Oracle ASM to provide greater redundancy and throughput.
C-5
Appendix C
Table C-2 Optimal Flexible Architecture Hierarchical File Path Examples
Directory Description
Root directory
/
User data mount point 1

/u01/
Subtree for application software

/u01/app/
Central OraInventory directory, which maintains information about

/u01/app/ Oracle installations on a server. Members of the group designated as
oraInventory the OINSTALL group have permissions to write to the central
inventory. All Oracle software installation owners must have the
OINSTALL group as their primary group, and be able to write to this
group.
Oracle base directory for user oracle. There can be many Oracle
/u01/app/oracle/ Database installations on a server, and many Oracle Database
software installation owners.
Oracle software homes that an Oracle installation owner owns should
be located in the Oracle base directory for the Oracle software
installation owner, unless that Oracle software is Oracle Grid
Infrastructure deployed for a cluster.
Oracle base directory for user grid. The Oracle home (Grid home) for
/u01/app/grid Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a cluster installation is located outside of
the Grid user. There can be only one Grid home on a server, and only
one Grid software installation owner.
The Grid home contains log files and other administrative files.
Subtree for database administration files
/u01/app/oracle/
admin/
Subtree for support log files

/u01/app/oracle/
admin/TAR
Admin subtree for database named “sales”

/u01/app/oracle/
admin/db_sales/
Admin subtree for database named “dwh”

/u01/app/oracle/
admin/db_dwh/
C-6
Appendix C
Table C-2 (Cont.) Optimal Flexible Architecture Hierarchical File Path Examples
Subtree for recovery files
/u01/app/oracle/
fast_recovery_are
a/
Recovery files for database named “sales”

/u01/app/oracle/
fast_recovery_are
a/db_sales
Recovery files for database named “dwh”

/u01/app/oracle/
fast_recovery_are
a/db_dwh
Oracle data file directories

/u02/app/oracle/
oradata
/u03/app/oracle/
oradata
/u04/app/oracle/
oradata
Common path for Oracle software products other than Oracle Grid
/u01/app/oracle/ Infrastructure for a cluster
product/
Oracle home directory for Oracle Database 1, owned by Oracle

/u01/app/oracle/ Database installation owner account oracle
product/19.0.0/
dbhome_1

product/19.0.0/
dbhome_2

/u01/app/oracle2/ Database installation owner account oracle2
product/19.0.0/
dbhome_2
C-7
Appendix C
Table C-2 (Cont.) Optimal Flexible Architecture Hierarchical File Path Examples
Oracle home directory for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone
/u01/app/oracle/ server, owned by Oracle Database and Oracle Grid Infrastructure
product/19.0.0/ installation owner oracle.
grid
Oracle home directory for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a cluster (Grid
/u01/app/19.0.0/ home), owned by user grid before installation, and owned by root
grid after installation.
Oracle home directory for Oracle Database Client 1, owned by Oracle

product/19.0.0/
client_1
C-8
D
Configuring Read-Only Oracle Homes
Understand how read-only Oracle homes work and how you can configure read-only
Oracle homes.
• Understanding Read-Only Oracle Homes
Learn about read-only Oracle home concepts like Oracle base home, Oracle base
config, and orabasetab.
• Enabling a Read-Only Oracle Home
Configure your Oracle home as a read-only Oracle home after you have
performed a software-only Oracle Database installation.
• Copying demo Directories to Oracle Base Home
In a read-only mode ORACLE_HOME, you must copy the demo directories listed
in this topic from ORACLE_HOME to ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
• Determining if an Oracle Home is Read-Only
Run the orabasehome command to determine if your Oracle home is a read/write
or read-only Oracle home.
• File Path and Directory Changes in Read-Only Oracle Homes
Examples of hierarchical file mappings in a read-only Oracle home as compared to
a read/write Oracle home.
Understanding Read-Only Oracle Homes

Learn about read-only Oracle home concepts like Oracle base home, Oracle base
config, and orabasetab.
• About Read-Only Oracle Homes

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can configure an Oracle home in read-only
mode.
• About Oracle Base Homes
Both, in a read-only ORACLE_HOME and read/write ORACLE_HOME, the user-
specific files, instance-specific files, and log files reside in a location known as the
ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
• About Oracle Base Config
Both, in a read-only ORACLE_HOME and read/write ORACLE_HOME, the
configuration files reside in a location known as ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG.
• About orabasetab
The orabasetab file is used to define fundamental directories based
on $ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_BASE, ORACLE_BASE_HOME and
ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG.
About Read-Only Oracle Homes

Starting with Oracle Database 18c, you can configure an Oracle home in read-only
mode.
D-1
Appendix D
In a read-only Oracle home, all the configuration data and log files reside outside of
the read-only Oracle home. This feature allows you to use the read-only Oracle home
as a software image that can be distributed across multiple servers.
Apart from the traditional ORACLE_BASE and ORACLE_HOME directories, the
following directories contain files that used to be in ORACLE_HOME:
• ORACLE_BASE_HOME
• ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG
Benefits of a Read-Only Oracle Home

• Enables seamless patching and updating of Oracle databases without extended
downtime.
• Simplifies patching and mass rollout as only one image needs to be updated to
distribute a patch to many servers.
• Simplifies provisioning by implementing separation of installation and
configuration.
Note:
This feature does not affect how database administrators monitor, diagnose,
and tune their system performance.
About Oracle Base Homes

Both, in a read-only ORACLE_HOME and read/write ORACLE_HOME, the user-
specific files, instance-specific files, and log files reside in a location known as the
ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
In a read/write ORACLE_HOME, the ORACLE_BASE_HOME path is the same as the
ORACLE_HOME directory. However, in a read-only ORACLE_HOME, the
ORACLE_BASE_HOME directory is not co-located with ORACLE_HOME but is
located at ORACLE_BASE/homes/HOME_NAME.
Where, HOME_NAME is the internal name for ORACLE_HOME.
For example, the networking directories network/admin, network/trace, and
network/log are located in the ORACLE_BASE_HOME directory. In a read/write
ORACLE_HOME the networking directories appear to be in ORACLE_HOME because
ORACLE_BASE_HOME is co-located with ORACLE_HOME, whereas in a read-only
ORACLE_HOME the networking directories are located in ORACLE_BASE/homes/
HOME_NAME.
To print the ORACLE_BASE_HOME path, run the orabasehome command from
the $ORACLE_HOME/bin directory:
$ setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1

$ ./orabasehome
D-2
Appendix D
For example:
$ ./orabasehome
$ /u01/app/oracle/homes/OraDB19Home1
Where, /u01/app/oracle is ORACLE_BASE and OraDB19Home1 is HOME_NAME
About Oracle Base Config

Both, in a read-only ORACLE_HOME and read/write ORACLE_HOME, the
configuration files reside in a location known as ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG.
In a read/write ORACLE_HOME, the ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG path is the same as
the ORACLE_HOME path because it is located at $ORACLE_HOME. However, in a
read-only ORACLE_HOME, the ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG path is the same as
ORACLE_BASE.
ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG/dbs contains the configuration files for ORACLE_HOME.
Each file in the dbs directory contains $ORACLE_SID so that the directory can be
shared by many different ORACLE_SIDs.
To print the ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG path, run the orabaseconfig command from
the $ORACLE_HOME/bin directory:
$ setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1

$ ./orabaseconfig
For example:
$ ./orabaseconfig
$ /u01/app/oracle
Where, /u01/app/oracle is ORACLE_BASE.
About orabasetab
The orabasetab file is used to define fundamental directories based
on $ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_BASE, ORACLE_BASE_HOME and
ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG.
The orabasetab file resides in ORACLE_HOME/install/orabasetab. To
determine if an ORACLE_HOME is read-only or read/write, you can check for the
presence of the orabasetab file. The orabasetab file also defines the
ORACLE_BASE and the HOME_NAME of the Oracle home. HOME_NAME is the
internal name for ORACLE_HOME.
The last line in the orabasetab file, which starts with $ORACLE_HOME, defines the
directories for $ORACLE_HOME. The last line consists of four fields, each separate by
a colon delimiter(:).
1. The first field matches the current $ORACLE_HOME.

2. The second field defines the ORACLE_BASE for the current ORACLE_HOME.
D-3
Appendix D
Enabling a Read-Only Oracle Home
3. The third field defines the HOME_NAME which is used in constructing the
ORACLE_BASE_HOME path in a read-only ORACLE_HOME.
4. The fourth field displays N in a read/write ORACLE_HOME and Y in a read-only
ORACLE_HOME.
In a read-only ORACLE_HOME, the ORACLE_BASE_HOME path is ORACLE_BASE/
homes/HOME_NAME and ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG is the same as ORACLE_BASE.
In a read/write ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_BASE_HOME and

ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG are all the same.
Viewing an orabasetab File

1. Log in as the Oracle installation owner user account (oracle).
2. Go to the $ORACLE_HOME/install directory.
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/install
3. View the contents of the orabasetab file.
$ cat orabasetab
$ /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1:/u01/app/
oracle:OraDB19Home1:Y:
In this example, a Y in the fourth field at the end of the line indicates you have a
read-only Oracle home.

Configure your Oracle home as a read-only Oracle home after you have performed a
software-only Oracle Database installation.
To enable a read-only Oracle home:
1. Perform a software-only Oracle Database installation.
2. Run the roohctl -enable script.
3. Run Oracle Database Configuration Assistant (Oracle DBCA) to create a
database.
Software-Only Database Installation

1. Log in as the Oracle installation owner user account (oracle) that you want to own
the software binaries.
2. Download the Oracle Database installation image files (db_home.zip) to a
directory of your choice. For example, you can download the image files to
the /tmp directory.
3. Create the Oracle home directory and extract the image files that you have
downloaded in to this Oracle home directory. For example:
$ mkdir -p /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
$ chown oracle:oinstall /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
D-4
Appendix D
$ unzip -q /tmp/db_home.zip
Note:
Ensure that the Oracle home directory path you create is in compliance
unzip the installation image files only in this Oracle home directory that
you created.
4. From the Oracle home directory, run the runInstaller command to start the
Oracle Database installer.
5. In the Select Configuration Option screen, select Set Up Software Only.
6. Select your installation type. Installation screens vary depending on the installation
option you select. Respond to the configuration prompts as needed.
Note:
Click Help if you have any questions about the information you are asked to
submit during installation.
Run the roohctl Script

1. Go to the bin directory
$ cd /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1/bin
2. Run the roohctl script to enable read-only Oracle home.
$ ./roohctl -enable
3. On Oracle Real Application Clusters (Oracle RAC) installations, run the preceding
roohctl script on every node of the cluster. Alternatively, run the roohctl script
with the nodelist option and provide the list of cluster nodes:
$ ./roohctl –enable –nodelist comma_separated_list_of_nodes
Run Oracle Database Configuration Assistant

1. Ensure that you are still in the bin directory and run Oracle DBCA.
$ ./dbca
2. In the Select Database Operation screen, select Create a Database.

3. The configuration screens vary depending on the options you select. Respond to
the prompts as needed.
D-5
Appendix D
Copying demo Directories to Oracle Base Home
Note:
Click Help if you have any questions about the information you are asked to
submit during database creation.
Related Topics
the installation.

In a read-only mode ORACLE_HOME, you must copy the demo directories listed in
this topic from ORACLE_HOME to ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
Oracle Database contains various demo directories that include a variety of examples
and product demonstrations that you can use to learn about the products, options, and
features of Oracle Database. In a read-only mode ORACLE_HOME, you cannot use
these demo directories in ORACLE_HOME because writes are performed to these
demo directories when they are used.
Many of the demo directories are not available by default. You must install Oracle
Database Examples to view and use the examples and product demonstrations.
Copy the respective demo directory to the corresponding location in
ORACLE_BASE_HOME. Now, you can use this copy of the demo directory.
You must copy the following demo directories from ORACLE_HOME to

ORACLE_BASE_HOME:
• jdbc/demo
• odbc/demo
• ord/http/demo
• precomp/demo
• rdbms/demo
• sqlj/demo
• sqlplus/demo
• xdk/demo
You must also create symbolic links for the odbc/demo, precomp/demo, rdbms/
demo, and xdk/demo demo directories. See the "Creating Symbolic Links" section in
this topic.
Copying demo Directories

For example, to copy the rdbms/demo directory from ORACLE_HOME to
ORACLE_BASE_HOME, perform the following:
1. Login as the Oracle software owner user (oracle).
D-6
Appendix D
2. Check if the rdbms/demo directory is copied to ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
$ ls -l -d $(orabasehome)/rdbms/demo
3. If the rdbms/demo directory has not been copied, then create it and copy it.
$ mkdir -p $(orabasehome)/rdbms
$ cp -r $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/demo $(orabasehome)/rdbms/demo
Similarly, copy all the demo directories listed earlier from ORACLE_HOME to
ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
Creating Symbolic Links

You must create symbolic links for the odbc/demo, precomp/demo, rdbms/demo,
and xdk/demo demo directories.
For rdbms/demo, replace $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/demo with a symbolic link to the

copy.
1. Ensure that the symbolic link does not already exist.
$ ls -l -d $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/demo
2. If $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/demo is still the original demo directory, rename it and

replace it with the symbolic link.
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms
$ mv demo demo.installed
$ ln -s $(orabasehome)/rdbms/demo $ORACLE_HOME/rdbms/demo
For odbc/demo, replace $ORACLE_HOME/odbc/demo with a symbolic link to the

copy.
$ ls -l -d $ORACLE_HOME/odbc/demo
2. If $ORACLE_HOME/odbc/demo is still the original demo directory, rename it and

replace it with the symbolic link.
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/odbc
$ ln -s $(orabasehome)/odbc/demo $ORACLE_HOME/odbc/demo
For precomp/demo, replace $ORACLE_HOME/precomp/demo with a symbolic link to

the copy.
$ ls -l -d $ORACLE_HOME/precomp/demo
D-7
Appendix D
Determining if an Oracle Home is Read-Only
2. If $ORACLE_HOME/precomp/demo is still the original demo directory, rename it

and replace it with the symbolic link.
$ cd $ORACLE_HOME/precomp
$ ln -s $(orabasehome)/precomp/demo $ORACLE_HOME/precomp/demo
The xdk/demo directory requires a symbolic link at $ORACLE_HOME/xdk/include

pointing to $(orabasehome)/xdk/include after you copy the xdk/demo directory.
1. Ensure that the symbolic link does not already exist:
$ ls -l -d $ORACLE_HOME/xdk/include
2. If the symbolic link does not exist, then, run the following command:
$ ln -s $ORACLE_HOME/xdk/include $(orabasehome)/xdk/include
Note:
In the plsql/demo directory, ncmpdemo.sql is unusable in read-only
mode.
Copying the init.ora File

Copy the init.ora file from ORACLE_HOME to ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
1. Login as the Oracle software owner user (oracle).

2. Check if the init.ora file exists in ORACLE_BASE_HOME.
$ ls $(orabasehome)/init.ora
If an init.ora file exists in ORACLE_BASE_HOME, then update this init.ora

file to be in-sync with the $ORACLE_HOME/init.ora file.
3. If the init.ora file does not exist in ORACLE_BASE_HOME, then copy it from
ORACLE_HOME.
cp $ORACLE_HOME/init.ora $(orabasehome)/init.ora
Related Topics
• Oracle Database Examples Installation Guide
Determining if an Oracle Home is Read-Only

Run the orabasehome command to determine if your Oracle home is a read/write or
read-only Oracle home.
If the output of the orabasehome command is the same as $ORACLE_HOME, then
your Oracle home is in read/write mode. If the output displays the path
ORACLE_BASE/homes/HOME_NAME, then your Oracle home is in read-only mode.
D-8
Appendix D
File Path and Directory Changes in Read-Only Oracle Homes
1. Set the ORACLE_HOME environment variable:

Bourne, Bash or Korn shell:
$ ORACLE_HOME=/u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
$ export ORACLE_HOME
C shell:
% setenv ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/product/19.0.0/dbhome_1
2. Go to the bin directory and run the orabasehome command:
$ ./orabasehome
/u01/app/oracle/homes/OraDB19Home1
In this example, the Oracle home is in read-only mode.
File Path and Directory Changes in Read-Only Oracle

Homes
Examples of hierarchical file mappings in a read-only Oracle home as compared to a
read/write Oracle home.
This example shows an Optimal Flexible Architecture-compliant Oracle Database
installation, for the user oracle, with the ORACLE_HOME, ORACLE_BASE,
ORACLE_BASE_HOME, and ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG logical locations. The
database files are mounted on /u01 and the HOME_NAME is OraDB19Home1.
This example also shows the changes in the Oracle Database software defined paths
of configuration files, log files, and other directories in a read-only Oracle home when
compared to a read/write Oracle home.
Table D-1 read/write and Read-Only Oracle Home File Path Examples
Directory Read/Write Oracle Home Read-Only Oracle Home File

File Path Path
ORACLE_HOME /u01/app/oracle/ /u01/app/oracle/
product/19.0.0/ product/19.0.0/
dbhome_1 dbhome_1
ORACLE_BASE /u01/app/oracle/ /u01/app/oracle/
ORACLE_BASE_HOME ORACLE_HOME ORACLE_BASE/homes/
(or) HOME_NAME
/u01/app/oracle/ (or)
product/19.0.0/ /u01/app/oracle/
dbhome_1 homes/OraDB19Home1
D-9
Appendix D
File Path and Directory Changes in Read-Only Oracle Homes
Table D-1 (Cont.) read/write and Read-Only Oracle Home File Path Examples
Directory Read/Write Oracle Home Read-Only Oracle Home File

File Path Path
ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG ORACLE_HOME ORACLE_BASE
(or) (or)
/u01/app/oracle/ /u01/app/oracle/
product/19.0.0/
dbhome_1
network ORACLE_HOME/network ORACLE_BASE_HOME/
(or) network
/u01/app/oracle/ (or)
product/19.0.0/ /u01/app/oracle/
dbhome_1/network homes/OraDB19Home1/
network
dbs ORACLE_HOME/dbs ORACLE_BASE/dbs
(or) (or)
/u01/app/oracle/ /u01/app/oracle/dbs
product/19.0.0/
dbhome_1/dbs
D-10
E
Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers
Review default port numbers. If needed, use these steps to change assigned ports
after installation.
• About Managing Ports
During installation, Oracle Universal Installer assigns port numbers to components
from a set of default port numbers.
• Oracle Database Component Port Numbers and Protocols
This table lists the port numbers and protocols configured for Oracle Database
components during a single-instance installation. By default, the first port in the
range is assigned to the component, if it is available.
About Managing Ports

During installation, Oracle Universal Installer assigns port numbers to components
from a set of default port numbers.
Many Oracle Database components and services use ports. As an administrator, it is
important to know the port numbers used by these services, and to ensure that the
same port number is not used by two services on your host. Enter the following
command to identify the ports currently used on your computer:
$/bin/netstat -a
Most port numbers are assigned during installation. Every component and service has
an allotted port range, which is the set of port numbers Oracle Database attempts to
use when assigning a port. Oracle Database starts with the lowest number in the
range and performs the following checks:
• Is the port used by another Oracle Database installation on the host?
The installation may be up or down at the time. Oracle Database can still detect if
the port is used.
• Is the port used by a process that is currently running?
This can be any process on the host, even a non-Oracle Database process.
• Is the port listed in the /etc/services file?
If the answer to any of the preceding questions is yes, then Oracle Database moves to
the next highest port in the allotted port range, and continues checking until it finds a
free port.
Oracle Database Component Port Numbers and Protocols

This table lists the port numbers and protocols configured for Oracle Database
components during a single-instance installation. By default, the first port in the range
is assigned to the component, if it is available.
E-1
Appendix E
Oracle Database Component Port Numbers and Protocols
Table E-1 Protocols and Default Port Numbers for Oracle Database
Components
Component Description Default Po Port Range Protocol

rt Number
Oracle Net Enables Oracle client 1521 Port number changes TCP
Services connections to the to the next available
Listener database over the port.
Oracle Net Services Modifiable manually to
protocol. You can any available port.
configure it during
installation. To
reconfigure this port,
use Net Configuration
Assistant.
Oracle Listening port for 1630 1630 TCP
Connection Oracle client
Manager connections to Oracle
Connection Manager. It
is not configured during
installation, but can be
configured manually by
editing the cman.ora
parameter file. This file
is located under the /
network/admin
directory.
Oracle XML The Oracle XML DB 0 Configured Manually HTTP
DB HTTP port is used if
web-based applications
must access an Oracle
database from an
HTTP listener. You
must configure this port
manually.
Oracle XML The Oracle XML DB 0 Configured Manually FTP
DB FTP is used when
applications must
access an Oracle
database from an FTP
listener. You must
configure this port
manually.
Related Topics
• Using HTTP(S) on a Standard Port
• Using FTP on the Standard Port
E-2
Index
Numerics commands
asmcmd, 9-7
19c deprecated features, xvii df -h, 2-2
free, 2-2
grep MemTotal, 2-2
A grep SwapTotal, 2-2
aliases, multiple on computers, 6-4 root.sh, 12-8
apply patches during install runcluvfy.sh, 10-7
apply patches during upgrade, 10-13, 11-10 setup.exe, 10-7
asmdba groups sysctl, 8-2
creating, 5-9 umask, 5-12
asmoper group uname —m, 2-2
creating, 5-9 useradd, 5-12
Automatic Diagnostic Repository (ADR), C-1 computers with multiple aliases, 6-4
Automatic Memory Management, 11-7 computers, non-networked, 6-3
about, 1-8 copying demo directory, D-6
cron jobs, 1-8
custom database
B failure groups for Oracle Automatic Storage
backupdba group Management, 9-2
creating, 5-10 requirements when using Oracle Automatic
Bash shell Storage Management, 9-2
default user startup file, 5-12
bash_profile file, 5-12 D
binary files
supported storage options for, 7-1 DAS (direct attached storage) disks, 9-8
Bourne shell data files
default user startup file, 5-12 minimum disk space for, 7-7
recommendations for file system, 7-7
supported storage options for, 7-1
C data loss
C shell minimizing with Oracle ASM, 9-2
default user startup file, 5-12 database cloning, 12-16
CDBs Database Configuration Assistant
character sets, 11-6 running in silent mode, B-7
central inventory, 1-5, C-5 databases
See also Oracle inventory directory Oracle Automatic Storage Management
See also OINSTALL directory requirements, 9-2
changing kernel parameter values, A-3 DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST, 12-14
character sets, 11-6 DB_RECOVERY_FILE_DEST_SIZE, 12-14
checklists dba group
and installation planning, 1-1 creating, 5-9
client-server configurations, C-2 description, 5-6
cloning, 12-16 SYSDBA privilege, 5-6
command syntax conventions, xiii
Index-1
Index
dba groups disks (continued)

creating, 5-11 supported for Oracle Automatic Storage
DBCA Management, 9-8
configuring Automatic memory Management, display variable, 1-5
11-7
dbca.rsp file, B-3
DBSNMP user
E
password requirements, 12-3 EM Express, 12-14
default file mode creation mask enterprise.rsp file, B-3
setting, 5-12 environment variables
default Linux installation ORACLE_BASE, 5-12
recommendation for, 4-4 ORACLE_HOME, 5-12
deinstall, 13-1, 13-3, 13-7 ORACLE_HOSTNAME, 6-3
See also removing Oracle software ORACLE_SID, 5-12
deinstall command, 13-1 removing from shell startup file, 5-12
deinstallation, 13-1 SHELL, 5-12
examples, 13-5 TEMP and TMPDIR, 5-12
previous releases, 13-8 errors
upgrades, 13-8 X11 forwarding, 5-17
deinstalling an rpm-based installation, 13-7 examples
demo directory, D-6 Oracle ASM failure groups, 9-2
deprecated features, xvii executeConfigTools, B-11
device names external redundancy
IDE disks, A-9 Oracle Automatic Storage Management
RAID, A-9 level, 9-2
SCSI disks, A-9
df command, 5-12
dgdba group F
creating, 5-10
failure group
diagnostic data, C-1
characteristics of Oracle ASM failure group,
Direct NFS
9-2
disabling, 8-5
examples of Oracle Automatic Storage
enabling, 8-5
Management failure groups, 9-2
oranfstab file, 8-2
Oracle ASM, 9-2
directory
fast recovery area, 12-15
creating separate data file directories, 9-9
filepath, C-5
database file directory, 7-7
Grid home
disk group
filepath, C-5
Oracle ASM, 9-2
fdisk command, A-9
disk group corruption
file mode creation mask
preventing, 9-8
setting, 5-12
disk groups
file paths, D-9
checking, 9-7
file system
recommendations for, 9-2
using for data files, 7-7
disk space
file system options, 7-6
Oracle ASM, 9-5
files
requirements for preconfigured database in
bash_profile, 5-12
Oracle Automatic Storage
dbca.rsp, B-3
Management, 9-2
editing shell startup file, 5-12
disks
enterprise.rsp, B-3
checking availability for Oracle Automatic
login, 5-12
Storage Management, A-9
profile, 5-12
displaying attached disks, A-9
response files, B-3
mounting, 11-5
filesets, 4-10
Index-2
Index
G installation software, accessing, 11-3

installation types
globalization, 1-8 and Oracle Automatic Storage Management,
localization for client connections, 12-9 9-2
NLS_LANG installer
and client connections, 12-9 supported languages, 11-8
Grid user installer screens
creating, 5-12 ASM Storage Option, 9-8
groups Installing
creating an Oracle Inventory Group, 5-3 Oracle Restart, 10-3
creating the asmdba group, 5-9 invalid objects
creating the asmoper group, 5-9 recompiling, 12-10
creating the backupdba group, 5-10
creating the dba group, 5-9
creating the dgdba group, 5-10
J
creating the kmdba group, 5-11 JDK requirements, 4-10
creating the racdba group, 5-11
OINSTALL group, 1-3
OSBACKUPDBA (backupdba), 5-6 K
OSDBA (dba), 5-6 kernel parameters
OSDBA group (dba), 5-6 changing, A-3
OSDGDBA (dgdba), 5-6 displaying, A-3
OSKMDBA (kmdba), 5-6 SUSE Linux, A-5
OSOPER (oper), 5-6 tcp and udp, A-5
OSOPER group (oper), 5-6 kernel parameters configuration, A-1
kmdba group
H creating, 5-11
Korn shell
hardware requirements, 1-1 default user startup file, 5-12
display, 1-1
host name resolution, 4-31
host name, setting before installation, 6-4 L
hugepages, 1-3 laptops, installing Oracle Database on, 6-3
Hugepages,, 4-6 licensing, 1-8
Linux kernel parameters, A-1
I local device
using for data files, 7-7
IDE disks locking and unlocking users, 12-7
device names, A-9 login file, 5-12
image loopback adapters, 6-4
install, 10-2, 11-2, 11-12 non-networked computers, 6-3
init.ora lsdev command, A-9
and SGA permissions, 12-11 LVM
installation recommendations for Oracle Automatic
accessing installation software, 11-3 Storage Management, 9-2
computer aliases, multiple, 6-4
laptops, 6-3
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 9-2 M
response files, B-3 mask
preparing, B-3, B-5 setting default file mode creation mask, 5-12
templates, B-3 mixed binaries, 4-10
silent mode, B-6 mode
installation option setting default file mode creation mask, 5-12
Automatic Memory Management, 11-7 multihomed computers, installing on, 6-3
installation planning, 1-1
3
Index
multihomed Oracle servers See also Oracle Inventory directory

resolving to,, 6-4 oper group
multiple aliases, computers with, 6-4 description, 5-6
Multiple Oracle Homes Support operating system
advantages, C-2 configuring, 4-1
multitenant container database different on cluster members, 4-10
character sets, 11-6 parameters, A-1
multiversioning, C-2 requirements, 4-10
My Oracle Support credentials, 11-10 operating system privileges groups, 1-5
operating system requirements, 1-2
Optimal Flexible Architecture, C-1
N about, C-1
Naming convention for RPM-based installation, orabasehome, D-8
11-13 orabasetab, D-3
Net Configuration Assistant (NetCA) Oracle ACFS
response files, B-8 enabling, 10-13
running at command prompt, B-8 Installing Oracle RAC binaries not supported
netca.rsp file, B-3 on Oracle Flex Cluster, 7-5
network adapters, 6-4 restrictions for Oracle Restart, 7-5
computers with multiple aliases, 6-4 supported Linux x86-64 kernels, 7-4
non-networked computers, 6-3 Oracle ASM, 7-2, 9-2
primary, on computers with multiple aliases, disk groups, 9-2
6-4 disk space, 9-5
See also loopback adapters failure groups, 9-2
network cards, multiple, 6-3 recommendations for disk groups, 9-2
network setup See also Oracle Automatic Storage
computers with multiple aliases, 6-4 Management
host name resolution, 4-31 Oracle ASM disk space, 9-5
network topics Oracle ASM Filter Driver
laptops, 6-3 about, 9-8
multiple network cards, 6-3 Oracle ASM library driver (oracleasm)
non-networked computers, 6-3 installing, A-7
NFS Oracle ASMLIB, A-7
and data files, 7-8 about, A-7
buffer size requirements, 8-1 configuring, A-6
for data files, 7-8 deinstalling on database, A-13
NFS mounts Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 9-2
Direct NFS Client allocation units (AU) and ASM disks, 9-2
requirements, 7-8 characteristics of failure groups, 9-2
mtab, 7-8 checking disk availability, A-9
oranfstab, 7-8 DAS disks, 9-8
non-networked computers, 6-3 disk space, 9-5
noninteractive installation disks, supported, 9-8
Oracle ASM requirements, 9-6 displaying attached disks, A-9
noninteractive mode failure groups
See response file mode examples, 9-2
identifying, 9-2
identifying available disks, A-9
O identifying disks, A-9
part of Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a
OFA, C-1
See also Optimal Flexible Architecture
standalone server installation, 11-1
OINSTALL directory, C-5 part of Oracle Grid Infrastructure installation,
oinstall group 7-3
creating, 5-3 partition creation, 9-8
OINSTALL groupl, 1-5 performance, 4-33
Index-4
Index
Oracle Automatic Storage Management (continued) Oracle Restart, 7-2

redundancy levels, 9-2 deconfiguring, 13-6
SAN disks, 9-8 downgrading, 13-6
space required for preconfigured database, gridSetup.sh, 10-3
9-2 Installing, 10-3
Oracle Automatic Storage Management library troubleshooting, 13-6
driver Oracle Software Owner user
See Oracle ASMLIB creating, 5-3, 5-12
Oracle base, C-1, C-5 Oracle Software Owner users
Oracle base config, D-3 determining default shell, 5-12
Oracle base home, D-2 Oracle Universal Installer
Oracle Connection Manager, E-1 response files
Oracle Database list of, B-3
minimum disk space requirements, 7-7 Oracle Upgrade Companion, 4-7
requirements with Oracle Automatic Storage oracle user, 1-5
Management, 9-2 creating, 5-3
Oracle Database Configuration Assistant, B-9 Oracle user
response file, B-3 determining default shell, 5-12
Oracle Database deployment, 1-11 modifying, 5-15
Oracle DBCA, B-9 Oracle XML DB, E-1
Oracle Disk Manager ORACLE_BASE environment variable
and Direct NFS, 8-5 removing from shell startup file, 5-12
Oracle Enterprise Manager Database Express, ORACLE_BASE_CONFIG, D-3, D-9
12-14 ORACLE_BASE_HOME, D-2, D-9
Oracle Fleet Patching and Provisioning, xvii ORACLE_HOME, D-9
Databases, 11-2 ORACLE_HOME environment variable
Oracle Flex Clusters removing from shell startup file, 5-12
Oracle Restart ORACLE_HOSTNAME, 6-3
restrictions for, 7-5 ORACLE_HOSTNAME environment variable
restrictions for Oracle ACFS, 7-5 computers with multiple aliases, 6-4
Oracle FPP, xvii, 11-2 multihomed computers, 6-3
Oracle Grid Infrastructure setting before installation, 6-4
restrictions for Oracle ACFS, 7-5 ORACLE_SID environment variable
Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a standalone removing from shell startup file, 5-12
server, 7-2 oracle-database-ee-19c-1.0-1.x86_64.rpm, 11-13
Oracle home oracle-database-server preinstallation RPM, 3-2
ASCII path restriction for, 1-3 oracleasm RPM
file path, C-5 installing, A-7
Grid home oraInventory, C-5
filepath, C-5 oranfstab configuration file, 8-2
naming conventions, C-5 oranfstab file, 8-5
Oracle home directory OSBACKUPDBA group
multiple homes, network considerations, 6-3 creating, 5-10
Oracle host name, setting before installation, 6-4 OSBACKUPDBA group (backupdba), 5-6
Oracle Inventory, 1-5 OSDBA, 1-5
identifying existing, 5-2 OSDBA for ASM
Oracle Inventory Directory creating for Oracle Grid Infrastructure, 5-9
OINSTALL group, C-3 OSDBA groups
Oracle Net Configuration Assistant creating, 5-9
response file, B-3 creating for Oracle Grid Infrastructure, 5-9
Oracle Net Services Listener, E-1 description for database, 5-6
Oracle Optimal Flexible Architecture SYSDBA privilege, 5-6
See Optimal Flexible Architecture OSDGDBA group
Oracle ORAchk creating, 5-10
and Upgrade Readiness Assessment, 1-8 OSDGDBA group (dgdba), 5-6
5
Index
OSKMDBA group R
creating, 5-11
OSKMDBA group (kmdba), 5-6 racdba group
OSOPER group creating, 5-11
creating, 5-10 RAID, 7-7
OSOPER groups device names, A-9
description for database, 5-6 using for Oracle data files, 7-7
SYSOPER privilege, 5-6 rapid home provisioning
OSRACDBA group name change, xvii
creating, 5-11 read only Oracle home, D-4
other changes, xvii read-only oracle home, D-1, D-2, D-9
OTN website read-only Oracle home, D-1, D-3, D-6, D-8
downloading installation software from, 11-3 read/write oracle home, D-9
recommendations
on performing software-only installations,
P 10-7
packages recompiling invalid objects, 12-10
oracle-database-server preinstallation redundancy level
package, 3-2 and space requirements for preconfigured
parameter file database, 9-2
and permissions to read and write the SGA, for Oracle Automatic Storage Management,
12-11 9-2
partition redundant array of independent disks
using with Oracle Automatic Storage See RAID
Management, 9-2 release update revisions, 12-2
partitions release updates, 12-2
creation for Oracle Automatic Storage releases
Management disks, 9-8 multiple, C-2
passwords, 12-3, 12-7 removing Oracle software, 13-1
change after install, 12-3 examples, 13-5
resetting requirements, 9-2
with SQL*Plus, 12-7 resource parameters, A-1
unlocking response file, B-9
with SQL*Plus, 12-7 response file installation
patch updates, 12-2 preparing, B-3
PGA, 11-7 response files
and memory management, 1-8 templates, B-3
ports silent mode, B-6
Oracle Connection Manager, E-1 response file mode, B-1
Oracle Net Services Listener, E-1 about, B-1
Oracle XML DB, E-1 reasons for using, B-2
postinstallation See also response files, silent mode
recommended tasks response files, B-1, B-9
root.sh script, backing up, 12-8 about, B-1
postinstallation -executeConfigTools option, B-10 creating with template, B-3
postinstallation configToolAllCommands script, dbca.rsp, B-3
B-13 enterprise.rsp, B-3
preconfigured database general procedure, B-2
Oracle Automatic Storage Management disk Net Configuration Assistant, B-8
space requirements, 9-2 netca.rsp, B-3
requirements when using Oracle Automatic passing values at command line, B-1
Storage Management, 9-2 specifying with Oracle Universal Installer, B-6
See also silent mode.
profile file, 5-12
roohctl -enable, D-4
proxy realm, 1-8
Index-6
Index
root user SYS user

logging in as, 2-1 password requirements, 12-3
root.sh script SYSBACKUPDBA system privileges, 5-6
backing up, 12-8 SYSDBA privilege
rootcrs.sh, 13-1 associated group, 5-6
roothas.pl, 10-9, 10-13 SYSDGDBA system privileges, 5-6
roothas.sh, 10-11, 10-13, 13-1 SYSKMDBA system privileges, 5-6
rpm –ivh, 11-12, 11-13 SYSOPER privilege
RPM-based database installation, 11-12, 11-13, associated group, 5-6
13-7 system global area
RPMS permissions to read and write, 12-11
for completing operating system system privileges
configuration, 4-3 SYSBACKUPDBA, 5-6
running multiple Oracle releases, C-2 SYSDGDBA, 5-6
SYSKMDBA, 5-6
system privileges accounts
S locked after install, 12-3
SAN (storage area network) disks, 9-8 system requirements, 1-1
SCSI disks SYSTEM user
device names, A-9 password requirements, 12-3
seamless patching, D-1
security T
selecting passwords, 12-3
SELinux tcp_rmem, 8-2
restrictions on Oracle ACFS, 7-4 tcp_wmem, 8-2
SGA, 11-7 TEMP environment variable
and memory management, 1-8 commands
shell env, 5-12
determining default shell for Oracle user, env command, 5-12
5-12 environment
SHELL environment variable checking settings, 5-12
checking value of, 5-12 setting, 5-12
shell startup file umask, 5-12
editing, 5-12 umask command, 5-12
removing environment variables, 5-12 terminal output commands
silent mode suppressing for Oracle installation owner
about, B-1 accounts, 5-18
reasons for using, B-2 TMPDIR environment variable
silent mode installation, B-6 setting, 5-12
software requirements, 4-10 Transparent Hugepages
software security updates, 11-10 disable for Oracle Database servers, 4-6,
ssh 4-31
and X11 Forwarding, 5-17 troubleshooting
starting, 12-14 cron jobs and installation, 1-8
startup file disk space errors, 1-3
for shell, 5-12 environment path errors, 1-3
storage area network disks, 9-8 garbage strings in script inputs found in log
stty files, 5-18
suppressing to prevent installation errors, host name resolution for multihomed servers,
5-18 6-3
supported languages I/O lags, 4-31
installer, 11-8 installation owner environment variables and
swap space installation errors, 5-19
allocation, 1-3 inventory corruption, 5-15
ocssd.log threads blocked, 4-31
7
Index
troubleshooting (continued) upgrades (continued)

ssh errors, 5-18 upgrading
stty errors, 5-18 and Oracle ORAchk Upgrade Readiness
unset environment variables, 1-3 Assessment, 1-8
typographic conventions, xiv options, 4-8
useradd command, 5-12
users
U creating the oracle user, 5-3
umask command, 5-12 locking and unlocking, 12-7
uninstall utlrp.sql, 12-10
See removing Oracle software
UNIX commands
fdisk, A-9
X
lsdev, A-9 X Window System
xhost, 2-1 enabling remote hosts, 2-1
UNIX workstation X11 forwarding errors, 5-17
installing from, 2-1 xhost command, 2-1
unset installation owners environment variables, xtitle
5-19 suppressing to prevent installation errors,
upgrade, 4-8 5-18
Oracle Automatic Storage Management, 7-3,
11-1
upgrades Y
best practices, 4-7 yum install, 11-13
Index-8

Database Installation Guide Linux

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Database Installation Guide Linux

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Database Installation Guide Linux

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Oracle® Database

Database Installation Guide

19c for Linux

Primary Author: Prakash Jashnani

Contributing Authors: Douglas Williams, Subhash Chandra

Changes in this Release for Oracle Database

1 Oracle Database Installation Checklist

2 Checking and Configuring Server Hardware for Oracle Database

3 Automatically Configuring Oracle Linux with Oracle Preinstallation

4 Configuring Operating Systems for Oracle Database on Linux

5 Configuring Users, Groups and Environments for Oracle Grid

6 Configuring Networks for Oracle Database

7 Supported Storage Options for Oracle Database and Oracle Grid

8 Configuring File System Storage for Oracle Database

9 Configuring Storage for Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a Standalone

10 Installing and Configuring Oracle Grid Infrastructure for a

12 Oracle Database Postinstallation Tasks

13 Removing Oracle Database Software

A Completing Preinstallation Tasks Manually

B Installing and Configuring Oracle Database Using Response Files

C Optimal Flexible Architecture

D Configuring Read-Only Oracle Homes

E Managing Oracle Database Port Numbers

Access to Oracle Support

Set Up Java Access Bridge to Implement Java Accessibility

dd if=/dev/rdsk/c0t1d0s6 of=/dev/rst0 bs=10b \

braces { } Braces indicate required items:

brackets [ ] Brackets indicate optional items:

cvtcrt termname [outfile]

CHKVAL fieldname value1 value2 ... valueN

vertical line | A vertical line indicates a choice within braces or brackets:

FILE filesize [K|M]

Changes in this Release for Oracle

Root Scripts Automation Support for Oracle Database Installation

Simplified Image-Based Oracle Database Client Installation

Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Table 1-1 Server Hardware Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Operating System Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Red Hat Enterprise Linux 7.5: 3.10.0-862.11.6.el7.x86_64 or later

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP3: 4.4.162-94.72-default or

SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 15: 4.12.14-23-default or later

Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database

Table 1-3 Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database

Table 1-3 (Cont.) Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database

Oracle Inventory • For upgrades, Oracle Universal Installer (OUI) detects an

Table 1-3 (Cont.) Server Configuration Checklist for Oracle Database

Oracle User Environment Configuration Checklist for Oracle

Table 1-4 User Environment Configuration for Oracle Database

Storage Checklist for Oracle Database Installation

Table 1-5 Storage Checklist for Oracle Database

For IBM: Linux on System z:

Table 1-5 (Cont.) Storage Checklist for Oracle Database

Installer Planning Checklist for Oracle Database

./orachk -profile preinstall

jobs that perform cleanup until after the installation is completed.

Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database

Table 1-7 Deployment Checklist for Oracle Database (single-instance)

Logging In to a Remote System Using X Window System

RemoteHost is the fully qualified remote host name. For example:

Checking Server Hardware and Memory Configuration